1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22330 59913 969323 446000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22330 59913
69 ;;;;;; 977323 421000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (22330 59913
89 ;;;;;; 978323 418000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22331 17372
100 ;;;;;; 88369 281000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22331 17372 121369
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22331 17371
242 ;;;;;; 987369 640000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (22331 17371 979369 668000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22330 59913 751324 119000))
483 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
486 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
487 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
489 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
491 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
493 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
494 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
496 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
497 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
499 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
500 `allout-auto-activation'.
504 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
505 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
507 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
508 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
509 file variable `allout-layout'.
511 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
512 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
513 specified layout is applied.
515 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
516 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
518 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
521 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
523 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
525 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
527 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
529 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
531 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
539 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
541 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
545 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
549 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
551 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
557 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
558 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
562 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
563 Toggle Allout outline mode.
564 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
565 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
566 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
568 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
569 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
570 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
571 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
572 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
573 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
574 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
577 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
579 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
580 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
581 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
582 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
583 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
584 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
585 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
586 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
588 and many other features.
590 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
591 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
592 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
593 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
594 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
596 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
597 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
598 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
599 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
600 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
601 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
602 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
603 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
604 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
605 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
609 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
611 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
612 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
613 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
617 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
618 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
619 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
620 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
621 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
622 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
623 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
624 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
625 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
626 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
629 Topic Header Production:
630 -----------------------
631 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
632 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
633 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
635 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
636 ---------------------------------
637 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
638 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
639 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
641 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
642 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
643 are alternated according to nesting depth.
644 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
645 the offspring are not affected.
646 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
648 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
649 ----------------------------------
650 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
651 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
652 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
653 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
654 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
655 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
656 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
657 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
659 Topic-oriented Encryption:
660 -------------------------
661 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
662 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
666 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
667 and establish a default file-var setting
669 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
670 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
671 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
672 buffer with name derived from derived from that
673 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
674 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
675 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
676 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
678 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
679 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
684 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
685 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
686 pending encryption on save.
688 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
689 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
690 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
691 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
692 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
694 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
695 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
696 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
697 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
698 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
699 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
702 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
703 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
708 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
709 navigation and exposure control.
711 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
712 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
713 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
714 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
715 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
717 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
718 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
719 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
720 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
721 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
723 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
724 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
725 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
726 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
727 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
728 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
729 at the beginning of the current entry.
733 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
734 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
735 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
738 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
739 `allout-mode-off-hook'
740 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
741 `allout-structure-added-functions'
742 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
743 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
744 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
745 `allout-post-undo-hook'
749 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
751 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
752 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
753 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
755 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
756 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
757 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
759 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
762 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
763 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
766 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
768 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
770 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
772 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
774 Topic text constituents:
776 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
778 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
779 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
781 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
782 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
783 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
784 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
785 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
786 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
787 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
790 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
793 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
794 It can be customized by changing the setting of
795 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
797 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
798 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
799 program code without interfering with processing of the text
800 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
801 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
802 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
803 docstring for more detail.
805 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
806 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
807 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
808 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
809 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
810 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
811 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
812 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
813 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
814 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
815 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
818 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
819 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
821 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
822 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
824 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
825 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
826 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
830 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
832 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
833 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
835 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
836 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (22330
843 ;;;;;; 59913 751324 119000))
844 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
845 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
847 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
848 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
850 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
852 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
854 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
855 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
857 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
860 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
861 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
863 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
864 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
865 you want allout widgets operation.
867 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
869 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
871 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
873 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
874 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
875 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
876 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
877 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
879 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
880 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
881 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
883 The graphics include:
885 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
887 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
888 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
890 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
891 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
893 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
894 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
895 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22330 59913 952323
903 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
905 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
907 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
908 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
909 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
910 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
911 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
912 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
914 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
916 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
919 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (22330 59913 969323
925 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
927 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
928 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
929 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
930 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
931 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
932 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
933 in the current window.
935 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
937 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
938 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
939 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
940 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
941 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
942 buffer if one does not exist.
944 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
946 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
947 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
948 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
949 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
950 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
952 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (22330 59913 751324
958 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
959 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
961 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
962 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
966 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
967 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
969 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
970 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
971 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
972 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
974 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
975 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
977 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
979 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22330
984 ;;;;;; 59913 978323 418000))
985 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
986 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
988 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
989 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
990 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
991 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
992 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
995 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
996 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
997 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1000 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1001 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1002 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1003 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1007 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1008 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1012 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1013 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1014 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (22331 17371 981369
1022 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1024 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1025 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1026 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1027 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1028 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1029 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1031 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1033 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1034 Toggle checking of appointments.
1035 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1036 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (22331 17371 980369
1044 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1046 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1047 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1048 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1049 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1051 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1052 kind of objects to search.
1054 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1056 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1057 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1058 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1059 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1060 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1061 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1063 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1064 variables, not just user options.
1066 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1068 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1069 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1070 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1071 interactively with the prefix \\[universal-argument]), show user
1072 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1076 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1078 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1079 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1080 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1081 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1082 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1083 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1085 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1086 noninteractive functions.
1088 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1089 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1091 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1092 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1094 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1096 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1097 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1099 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1101 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1102 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1103 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1104 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1106 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1107 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1108 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1109 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1111 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1112 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1114 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1116 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1118 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1119 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1120 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1121 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1122 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1126 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1127 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1128 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1129 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1130 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1131 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1133 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1134 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1135 names and values of properties.
1137 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1139 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1141 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1142 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1143 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1144 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1145 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1146 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1148 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1149 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1150 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1151 documentation strings.
1153 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1155 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22330 59913 751324
1161 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1163 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1164 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1165 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1166 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1167 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1168 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1170 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1171 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1174 \\{archive-mode-map}
1176 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (22330 59913 751324 119000))
1181 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1183 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1184 Major mode for editing arrays.
1186 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1187 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1188 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1190 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1192 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1193 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1194 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1196 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1197 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1198 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1199 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1202 Variables you assign:
1203 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1204 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1205 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1206 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1207 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1208 row numbers in the buffer.
1210 Variables which are calculated:
1211 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1212 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1214 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1215 take a numeric prefix argument):
1217 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1218 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1219 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1220 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1222 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1223 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1224 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1225 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1227 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1228 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1229 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1230 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1232 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1233 between that of point and mark.
1235 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1236 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1238 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1239 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1240 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1241 newlines inside rows)
1243 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1245 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (22330 59913
1252 ;;;;;; 988323 387000))
1253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1254 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1256 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1258 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1259 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1260 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1262 How to quit Artist mode
1264 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1267 How to submit a bug report
1269 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1272 Drawing with the mouse:
1275 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1276 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1280 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1283 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1312 --------------------------------------------------------------
1314 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1317 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1318 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1319 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1320 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1323 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1324 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1325 overwrite means the opposite.
1327 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1328 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1329 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1331 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1333 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1334 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1336 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1337 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1338 are currently drawing something.
1340 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1344 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1345 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1350 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1352 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1354 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1356 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1358 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1359 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1361 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1366 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1367 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1368 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1369 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1370 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1371 When pasting: Pastes
1373 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1375 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1377 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1378 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1379 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1380 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1381 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1382 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1387 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1388 of the line/poly-line
1390 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1391 of the line/poly-line
1396 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1398 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1401 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1402 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1405 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1406 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1415 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1417 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1422 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1423 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1425 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1426 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1427 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1428 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1429 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1430 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1431 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1432 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1433 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1434 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1435 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1436 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1438 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1439 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1440 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1441 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1442 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1443 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1447 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (22330 59913
1459 ;;;;;; 978323 418000))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1462 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1463 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1464 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1466 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1467 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1468 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1471 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1472 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1474 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1475 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1477 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22331
1487 ;;;;;; 17372 13369 548000))
1488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1490 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1491 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1492 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1495 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (22330 59913 751324
1501 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1503 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1504 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1505 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1506 for a description of this minor mode.")
1508 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1510 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1511 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1513 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1514 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1516 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1517 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1518 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1519 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1520 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1521 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1522 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1523 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1526 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1527 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1528 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1529 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1530 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1532 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1536 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1537 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1538 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1539 for a description of this minor mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1544 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1546 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1547 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1552 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1553 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1554 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1556 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (22330 59913
1563 ;;;;;; 978323 418000))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1566 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1567 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (22330 59913 751324
1575 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1577 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1579 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1583 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1584 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1585 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1586 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1588 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1590 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1591 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1592 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1593 for a description of this minor mode.
1594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1596 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1598 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1600 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1601 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1603 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1604 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1606 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1607 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (22331
1614 ;;;;;; 17371 988369 637000))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1617 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1621 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1623 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1624 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1625 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1627 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1628 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1629 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1630 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1631 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1633 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1635 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1637 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1638 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1639 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1640 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1641 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1643 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1644 directory or directories specified.
1646 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1647 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1648 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1649 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1650 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1651 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1653 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1655 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1656 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1657 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1658 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22331 17371 980369
1667 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1669 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1670 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1671 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1672 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1673 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1675 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1676 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1679 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1680 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1681 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1685 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1688 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1689 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1693 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1694 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1696 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1697 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1699 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1700 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1701 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1702 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1703 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1705 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1706 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1707 writing before you save the file!
1709 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1713 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1714 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1716 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1717 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1721 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1722 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1723 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1724 for a description of this minor mode.
1725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1727 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1729 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1731 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1732 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1734 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1735 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1737 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1738 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1739 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1741 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1742 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1743 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1744 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1745 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1747 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1748 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1749 specifies in the mode line.
1751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (22330 59913 751324 119000))
1756 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1758 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1759 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1760 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1761 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1762 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1764 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1766 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1767 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1768 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1769 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1771 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1772 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1773 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1775 Effects of the different modes:
1776 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1777 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1778 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1779 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1780 a random distance & direction.
1781 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1782 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1783 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1785 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1786 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1787 definition of \"random distance\".)
1789 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (22330 59913
1794 ;;;;;; 978323 418000))
1795 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1797 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1799 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1800 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1802 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1803 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1804 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22331 17371 980369
1814 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1815 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1817 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1818 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1819 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1820 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1824 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1825 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1826 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1827 for a description of this minor mode.
1828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1830 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1832 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1834 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1835 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1836 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1837 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1838 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1840 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1841 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1842 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (22330
1850 ;;;;;; 59913 928323 572000))
1851 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1853 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1854 Time execution of FORMS.
1855 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1856 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1858 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1859 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1860 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1862 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1864 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1866 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1867 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1868 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1869 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1870 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1872 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1874 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1876 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1877 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1878 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1879 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1880 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1882 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22330 59913
1887 ;;;;;; 990323 381000))
1888 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1890 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1891 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1892 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1893 of corresponding buffers.
1894 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1895 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1896 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1897 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1898 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1900 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1901 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1902 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1904 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1906 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1907 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1909 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1911 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1912 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1913 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1914 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1916 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1917 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1918 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1919 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1920 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1922 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1923 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1926 Special information:
1928 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1930 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1931 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1932 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1933 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1934 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1935 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1936 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1937 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1938 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1939 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1940 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1942 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1943 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1944 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1945 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1946 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1947 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1948 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1949 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1951 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1953 ----------------------------------------------------------
1954 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1955 if that value is non-nil.
1961 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1962 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1963 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1964 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1965 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1966 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1967 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1968 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1969 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1970 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1971 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1972 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1974 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1979 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 990323 381000))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1982 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1983 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (22330 59913 947323
1991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1993 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1994 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1996 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1997 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1998 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2000 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
2002 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
2003 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2005 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2007 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2008 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2010 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (22330 59913
2015 ;;;;;; 969323 446000))
2016 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2018 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2020 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2024 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2025 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2026 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2027 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2028 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2033 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2034 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2037 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2040 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2041 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2043 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2044 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2046 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2047 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2048 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2049 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2050 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2051 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2055 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2057 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2058 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2059 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2060 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2062 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2063 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2064 denoted by the letter `R'.
2066 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2067 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2068 denoted by the letter `H'.
2070 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2073 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2074 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2075 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2076 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2077 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2078 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2081 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2082 degree deflection it causes.
2085 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2086 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2088 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2095 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2096 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2102 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2104 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2105 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2106 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2108 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2109 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2110 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2111 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2112 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2113 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2114 emerging from the box.
2116 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2118 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2120 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2121 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2122 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2123 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2124 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2125 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2127 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22330 59913 737324
2136 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2137 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2138 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2139 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2140 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2142 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2143 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2144 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2145 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2146 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2147 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2148 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2150 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2151 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2152 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2154 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2155 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2156 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2157 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2158 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2161 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2162 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2163 yank successive words.
2165 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2166 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2167 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2168 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2169 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2171 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2172 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2173 the list of bookmarks.)
2175 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2177 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2178 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2179 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2181 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2182 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2183 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2184 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2185 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2186 ever deletes the most recent one.
2188 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2189 is nil, raise an error.
2191 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2192 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2193 yank successive words.
2195 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2196 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2197 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2198 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2199 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2201 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2202 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2203 the list of bookmarks.)
2205 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2207 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2208 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2209 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2210 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2211 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2214 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2215 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2216 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2217 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2219 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2220 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2222 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2223 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2224 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2226 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2229 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2231 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2233 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2234 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2236 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2237 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2238 after a bookmark was set in it.
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2243 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2245 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2246 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2248 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2250 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2252 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2253 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2254 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2255 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2257 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2258 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2259 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2261 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2262 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2265 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2267 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2268 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2269 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2271 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2272 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2273 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2276 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2278 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2279 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2281 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2282 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2283 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2284 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2285 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2286 probably because we were called from there.
2288 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2290 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2291 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2295 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2298 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2299 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2300 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2303 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2304 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2305 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2306 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2307 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2309 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2310 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2311 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2312 `bookmark-default-file'.
2314 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2316 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2317 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2318 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2319 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2320 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2323 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2324 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2325 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2326 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2327 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2328 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2330 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2331 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2332 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2334 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2336 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2337 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2338 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2339 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2340 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2344 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2346 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2348 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2349 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2353 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2355 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (22330 59913
2360 ;;;;;; 952323 498000))
2361 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2363 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2364 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2365 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2366 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2368 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2369 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2370 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2371 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2372 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2374 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2378 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2379 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2380 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2381 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2383 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2385 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2386 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2387 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2388 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2391 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2394 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2398 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2399 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2401 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2403 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2404 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2405 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2406 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2407 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2408 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2409 first, if that exists.
2411 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2412 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2413 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2415 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2418 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2422 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2423 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2424 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2430 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2431 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2432 says which browser to use.
2436 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2437 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2438 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2439 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2441 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2443 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2444 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2445 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2446 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2450 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2451 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2454 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2455 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2457 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2458 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2464 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2467 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2469 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2470 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2471 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2472 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2475 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2476 new tab in an existing window instead.
2478 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2479 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2484 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2485 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2486 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2488 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2489 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2490 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2492 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2493 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2494 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2496 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2497 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2499 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2501 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2502 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2503 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2504 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2506 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2510 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2515 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2516 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2517 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2518 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2521 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2522 new tab in an existing window instead.
2524 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2525 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2527 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2529 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2531 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2532 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2534 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2536 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2537 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2538 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2539 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2541 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2542 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2543 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2544 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2547 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2549 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2551 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2553 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2554 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2556 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2557 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2558 program is invoked according to the variable
2559 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2561 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2562 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2563 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2564 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2566 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2567 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2569 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2571 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2573 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2574 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2575 Default to the URL around or before point.
2577 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2578 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2579 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2581 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2582 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2583 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2584 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2587 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2589 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2591 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2593 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2594 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2595 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2596 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2598 When called interactively, if variable
2599 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2600 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2601 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2602 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2605 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2606 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2608 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2609 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around or before point.
2617 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2618 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2619 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2621 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2622 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2624 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2626 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2627 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2628 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2629 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2631 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2635 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2636 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2637 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2638 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2639 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2640 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2641 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2643 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2645 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2646 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2647 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2648 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2649 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2651 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2652 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2653 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2654 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2656 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2657 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2659 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2661 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2662 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2663 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2664 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2665 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2668 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2669 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2670 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2671 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2673 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2674 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2676 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2678 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2679 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2680 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2681 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2682 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2683 don't offer a form of remote control.
2685 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2687 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2688 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2689 Default to the URL around or before point.
2690 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2692 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2694 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2695 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2696 Default to the URL around the point.
2698 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2699 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2701 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2702 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2704 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (22330 59913 751324 119000))
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2710 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2712 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2713 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2714 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2715 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2719 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2720 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2721 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2722 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2726 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2727 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2731 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2732 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2734 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2735 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2736 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2737 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2739 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2740 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2741 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2742 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2743 name of buffer configuration.
2749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22330 59913 969323
2751 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2753 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2755 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2756 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2757 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2758 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2759 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2760 columns on its right towards the left.
2762 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2763 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2764 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2765 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2772 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 978323 418000))
2773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2775 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2777 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2778 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2779 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2780 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2781 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2785 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2786 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22331
2793 ;;;;;; 17371 989369 633000))
2794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2795 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2796 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2797 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2799 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2801 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2802 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2803 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2804 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2805 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2806 else the global value will be modified.
2808 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2810 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2811 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2812 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2813 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2814 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2815 else the global value will be modified.
2817 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2819 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2820 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2821 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2823 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2825 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2826 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2827 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2828 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2830 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2831 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2832 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2833 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2834 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2837 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2838 that already has a `.elc' file.
2840 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2841 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2843 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2844 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2845 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2846 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2847 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2848 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2850 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2852 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2853 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2854 Print the result in the echo area.
2855 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2859 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2860 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2861 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2863 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2865 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2866 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2867 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2868 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2869 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2870 all functions called by those functions.
2872 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2873 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2874 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2876 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2877 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2878 invoked interactively.
2880 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2882 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2883 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2884 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2885 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2889 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2890 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2891 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2892 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2893 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2894 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2895 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2898 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2900 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2901 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2902 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2903 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2905 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2906 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2907 and corresponding effects.
2909 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (22330
2914 ;;;;;; 59913 919323 600000))
2915 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2917 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (22330 59913
2922 ;;;;;; 919323 600000))
2923 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2925 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2927 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2929 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (22331
2934 ;;;;;; 17371 981369 661000))
2935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2937 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2938 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2939 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2940 from the cursor position.
2942 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22330 59913 918323 603000))
2947 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2948 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2950 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2951 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2955 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2956 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2958 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2960 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2961 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2963 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2965 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2966 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2967 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2968 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2970 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2972 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2973 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2974 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2975 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2977 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2979 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2980 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2981 This is most useful in the X window system.
2982 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2983 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2985 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2987 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2988 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2989 See calc-keypad for details.
2991 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2993 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2994 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2996 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2998 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2999 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3001 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3003 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3004 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3006 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3008 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3009 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3010 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
3012 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3014 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3015 Define Calc function.
3017 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3018 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3019 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3021 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3022 actual Lisp function name.
3024 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3026 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3028 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (22330 59913
3033 ;;;;;; 918323 603000))
3034 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3036 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (22331 17371 981369
3045 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3047 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3048 Run the Emacs calculator.
3049 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22330 59913
3056 ;;;;;; 919323 600000))
3057 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3059 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3060 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3061 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3062 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3063 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3064 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3066 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3067 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3068 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3069 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3070 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3071 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3072 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3073 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3076 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3077 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3079 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3080 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3081 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3082 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3083 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3084 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3086 Runs the following hooks:
3088 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3089 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3090 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3091 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3093 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (22331 17372 13369
3101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3103 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3104 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3106 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3108 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3109 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3110 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3113 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22331
3118 ;;;;;; 17372 91369 271000))
3119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3121 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3122 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (22330 59913
3129 ;;;;;; 978323 418000))
3130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3132 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3133 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3135 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3136 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3138 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3141 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3147 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3152 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3153 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3156 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3158 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3159 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3161 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3163 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3164 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3167 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3172 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3173 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3176 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3178 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3179 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3181 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3183 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3184 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3187 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3189 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3190 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3192 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3193 variables are guessed:
3195 * `c-basic-offset', and
3196 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3199 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3200 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3202 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3203 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3205 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3206 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3207 guess is made from scratch.
3209 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3210 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3212 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3214 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3215 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3216 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3217 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3219 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3220 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3221 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3223 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22331 17372
3228 ;;;;;; 92369 267000))
3229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3231 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3232 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3233 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3234 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3235 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3236 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3237 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3239 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3242 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3243 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3244 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3245 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3246 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3247 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3249 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3250 Major mode for editing C code.
3252 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3253 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3254 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3255 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3257 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3259 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3260 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3267 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3268 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3269 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3270 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3271 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3272 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3275 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3277 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3278 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3284 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3286 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3287 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3288 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3289 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3290 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3291 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3294 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3296 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3297 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3303 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3305 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3306 Major mode for editing Java code.
3307 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3308 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3309 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3310 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3313 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3315 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3316 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3322 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3324 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3325 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3326 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3327 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3328 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3329 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3332 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3334 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3335 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3341 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3342 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3344 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3345 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3346 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3347 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3348 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3349 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3352 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3354 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3355 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3361 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3362 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3363 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3364 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3365 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3367 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3368 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3369 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3370 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3371 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3372 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3374 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3376 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3377 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (22330
3387 ;;;;;; 59913 978323 418000))
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3390 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3391 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3392 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3393 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3395 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3397 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3398 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3401 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3402 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3403 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3404 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3407 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3408 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3409 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3410 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3413 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3415 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3416 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3417 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3418 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3420 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3422 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3423 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3424 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3426 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3428 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3429 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3430 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3431 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3432 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3434 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22331 17377
3439 ;;;;;; 953348 450000))
3440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3441 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3442 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3443 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22330 59913 939323
3449 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3451 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3452 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3454 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3456 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3457 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3459 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3461 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3462 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3464 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3465 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3466 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3467 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3470 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3472 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3474 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3475 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3477 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3478 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3482 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3483 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3484 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3485 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3486 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3489 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3490 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3491 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3492 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3494 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3495 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3498 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3500 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3502 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3505 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3506 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3508 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3509 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3510 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3513 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3515 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3516 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3517 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3519 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3521 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3523 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3525 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3526 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3527 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3528 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3529 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3530 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3532 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3534 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3538 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3540 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3542 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3543 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3546 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3547 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3550 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3552 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3553 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3554 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3555 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3556 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3557 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3558 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3559 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3560 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3561 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3562 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3563 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3564 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3565 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3566 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3567 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3570 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3571 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3573 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3574 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3576 | (write EXPRESSION)
3577 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3578 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3581 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3584 ;; Same as: (write string)
3586 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3587 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3588 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3591 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3592 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3593 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3594 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3595 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3596 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3598 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3599 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3601 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3604 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3605 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3606 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3608 ARG := REG | integer
3611 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3614 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3617 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3620 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3621 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3624 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3625 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3626 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3629 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3630 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3631 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3634 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3635 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3637 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3638 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3639 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3642 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3643 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3646 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3647 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3649 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3652 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3656 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3657 ;; Same meaning as C code
3658 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3660 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3665 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3666 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3669 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3670 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3674 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3678 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3679 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3680 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3681 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3683 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3684 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3685 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3686 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3688 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3689 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3690 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3693 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3694 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3695 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3697 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3698 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3699 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3701 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3702 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3704 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3705 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3706 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3709 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3710 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3711 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3712 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3714 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3715 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3718 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3720 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3722 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3723 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3724 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3725 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3726 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3727 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3729 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3731 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3732 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3733 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3735 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3737 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22330 59913
3742 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
3743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3745 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3746 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3747 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3748 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3750 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3752 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3754 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3755 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3757 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (22330 59913 920323
3763 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3764 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22330 59913
3769 ;;;;;; 978323 418000))
3770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3771 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3773 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3774 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3775 There are no special keybindings by default.
3777 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3778 to the action header.
3782 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3783 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3784 There are no special keybindings by default.
3786 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3787 to the action header.
3791 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3792 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" (22330
3799 ;;;;;; 59913 751324 119000))
3800 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3802 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3803 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3804 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3805 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3806 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3808 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3809 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3811 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3812 from which to start.
3814 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (22330 59913
3819 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
3820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3821 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3826 ;;;;;; (22331 17371 989369 633000))
3827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3829 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3830 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3831 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3835 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3836 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3837 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22331
3844 ;;;;;; 17371 990369 629000))
3845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3846 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3847 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3848 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3849 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3850 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3851 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3852 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3853 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3854 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3857 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3860 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3861 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3863 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3864 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3865 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3866 the users will view as each check is completed.
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3871 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3872 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3873 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3874 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3875 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3876 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3877 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3879 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3882 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3883 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3884 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3885 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3886 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3887 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3888 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3890 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3893 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3894 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3895 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3896 spacing are all verified.
3900 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3901 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3902 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3903 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3904 otherwise stop after the first error.
3906 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3909 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3911 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3914 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3915 Only documentation strings are checked.
3916 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3917 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3920 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3922 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3923 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3924 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3925 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3926 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3928 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3930 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3931 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3932 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3933 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3936 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3938 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3939 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3940 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3941 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3943 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3945 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3948 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3949 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3951 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3953 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3954 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3955 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3956 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3957 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3961 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3962 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3963 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3964 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3965 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3966 space at the end of each line.
3968 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3970 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3971 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3972 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3973 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3977 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3978 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3979 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3980 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3984 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3985 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3986 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3987 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3991 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3992 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3993 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3994 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3998 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3999 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4000 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4001 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4005 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4006 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4007 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4008 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4012 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4013 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4014 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4015 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4019 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4020 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4021 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4022 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4026 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4027 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4028 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4029 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4033 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4034 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4035 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4036 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4037 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4039 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4040 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4041 checking of documentation strings.
4043 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4047 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4048 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (22330
4055 ;;;;;; 59913 940323 535000))
4056 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4058 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4059 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4060 Return the length of resulting text.
4062 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4064 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4065 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4069 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4070 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4071 Return the length of resulting text.
4073 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4075 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4076 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4080 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4085 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4088 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (22330 59913 751324
4094 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4096 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4097 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4098 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4099 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4100 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4101 editing and the result is evaluated.
4103 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4105 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4106 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4107 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4108 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4109 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4111 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4115 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4116 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4117 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4118 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4119 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4121 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4122 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4123 \\{command-history-map}
4125 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4126 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (22330
4133 ;;;;;; 59913 929323 569000))
4134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4136 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4137 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4138 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4139 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4140 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4141 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4142 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4145 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4146 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4147 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4150 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4151 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4153 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4154 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4155 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4156 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4157 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4158 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4159 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4160 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4161 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4162 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4163 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4164 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4166 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4167 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4168 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4170 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4171 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4172 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4175 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4177 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4179 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4181 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4182 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4184 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4185 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4187 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4188 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4189 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4190 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4191 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4192 value specified by their associated list element.
4194 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4196 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4197 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4198 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4200 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4201 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4202 * indent the first argument by 4.
4203 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4204 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4205 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4207 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4208 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4209 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4212 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (22330 59913
4217 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
4218 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4219 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4221 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4223 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4224 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4225 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4226 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4227 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4228 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4230 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4231 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22330 59913
4236 ;;;;;; 978323 418000))
4237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4239 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4240 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4241 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4242 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4244 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4245 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4246 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4247 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4249 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4250 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4252 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22330 59913 752324
4258 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4260 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4261 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4262 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4263 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4264 of `scheme-program-name').
4265 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4266 it is given as initial input.
4267 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4268 discards input when it starts up.
4269 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4271 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22330 59913 752324 116000))
4278 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4280 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4281 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4282 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4283 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4285 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4286 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4288 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4289 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4290 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4292 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22331 17371 984369 651000))
4297 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4299 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4300 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4301 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4302 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4303 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4304 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4305 functions have already modified the buffer.
4307 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4309 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4310 either globally or locally.")
4312 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4313 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4314 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4315 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4317 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4318 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4319 `start-file-process'
4320 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4321 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4322 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4324 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4325 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4327 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4329 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4331 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4333 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4334 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4335 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4336 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4337 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4338 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4339 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4340 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4341 process as its initial input.
4343 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4345 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4347 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4349 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4350 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4351 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4352 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4353 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4354 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4356 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4358 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4360 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4361 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4362 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4363 directory tracking functions.")
4365 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4366 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4367 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4369 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4371 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4373 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4374 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4375 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4377 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4379 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4381 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4382 Send COMMAND to current process.
4383 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4384 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4386 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4388 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4389 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4390 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4391 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4393 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (22330 59914
4398 ;;;;;; 8323 325000))
4399 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4401 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4402 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4403 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4404 to get another window.
4406 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4407 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4409 This command pushes the mark in each window
4410 at the prior location of point in that window.
4411 If both windows display the same buffer,
4412 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4413 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4415 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4416 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4417 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4418 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4419 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4420 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4421 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4424 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4425 this command work in interlaced mode:
4426 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4427 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4428 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4430 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22331 17372
4435 ;;;;;; 94369 260000))
4436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4438 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4439 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4441 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4443 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4444 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4445 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4447 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4449 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4450 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4451 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4453 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4455 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4456 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4457 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4458 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4459 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4461 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4462 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4463 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4464 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4465 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4467 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4468 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4469 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4470 describing how the process finished.")
4472 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4473 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4474 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4475 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4476 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4478 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4479 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4480 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4482 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4484 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4485 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4486 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4487 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4489 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4491 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4492 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4494 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4495 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4497 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4499 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4500 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4501 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4502 (concat \"make -k \"
4503 (if buffer-file-name
4504 (shell-quote-argument
4505 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4507 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4508 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4510 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4511 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4512 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4513 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4515 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4517 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4518 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4519 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4520 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4522 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4523 and move to the source code that caused it.
4525 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4526 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4528 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4529 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4530 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4531 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4532 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4534 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4535 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4536 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4537 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4539 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4540 kills its subprocesses.
4542 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4543 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4544 to a function that generates a unique name.
4546 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4548 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4549 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4550 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4551 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4553 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4554 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4556 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4557 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4558 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4559 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4561 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4562 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4563 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4565 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4567 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4569 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4570 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4571 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4572 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4573 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4575 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4577 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4579 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4581 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4583 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4584 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4585 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4586 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4587 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4589 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4590 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4591 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4592 See `compilation-mode'.
4594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4596 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4597 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4598 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4599 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4600 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4602 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4603 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4608 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4609 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4610 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4612 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (22330 59913 752324
4618 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4620 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4621 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4622 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
4623 for a description of this minor mode.
4624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4626 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4628 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4630 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4631 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4633 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4634 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22330
4641 ;;;;;; 59913 990323 381000))
4642 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4644 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4645 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4646 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4647 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4648 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4649 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4650 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4652 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4653 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4654 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4656 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4657 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4658 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4660 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4661 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4662 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4663 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4665 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4666 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4667 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4668 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4669 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4670 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4671 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4677 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4678 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4679 Comments start with `#'.
4680 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4682 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4692 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4693 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4694 Comments start with `;'.
4695 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4697 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4699 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4700 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4701 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4703 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4704 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4708 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4709 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4710 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4711 between `/*' and `*/'.
4712 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4714 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4715 // another kind of comment
4727 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4728 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4729 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4730 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4731 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4732 `conf-space-keywords'.
4733 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4734 in an interactive fashion instead.
4736 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4738 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4740 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4744 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4746 # Standard multimedia devices
4747 add /dev/audio desktop
4748 add /dev/mixer desktop
4752 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4753 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4754 See `conf-space-mode'.
4756 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4758 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4759 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4760 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4761 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4763 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4765 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4766 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4770 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4771 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4772 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4773 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4775 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4777 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4778 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4782 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4783 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4784 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4785 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4787 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (22330 59913 969323
4798 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4800 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4801 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4802 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4803 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4804 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4805 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4807 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4809 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4810 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4811 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4812 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4814 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4816 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4817 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4818 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4819 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4821 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22330
4826 ;;;;;; 59913 929323 569000))
4827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4828 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4829 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4830 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4832 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4833 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4834 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4835 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4836 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4837 following the copyright are updated as well.
4838 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4841 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4843 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4844 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4845 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4846 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4847 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4851 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4852 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4854 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4856 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4857 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4858 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4860 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22330
4865 ;;;;;; 59913 979323 415000))
4866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4867 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4868 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4869 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4870 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4871 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4872 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4873 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4875 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4876 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4877 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4878 Tab indents for Perl code.
4879 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4880 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4882 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4883 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4884 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4885 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4886 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4887 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4888 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4889 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4890 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4891 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4892 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4893 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4895 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4897 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4898 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4900 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4902 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4903 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4904 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4905 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4906 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4907 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4908 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4909 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4910 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4912 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4916 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4917 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4918 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4921 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4922 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4923 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4925 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4927 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4928 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4929 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4930 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4931 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4933 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4943 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4944 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4945 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4946 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4947 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4948 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4949 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4950 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4951 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4952 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4953 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4954 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4955 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4957 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4958 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4959 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4960 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4961 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4962 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4964 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4965 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4968 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4969 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4970 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4971 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4972 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4974 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4975 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4976 span the needed amount of lines.
4978 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4979 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4980 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4981 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4983 Variables controlling indentation style:
4984 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4985 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4986 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4987 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4988 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4989 `cperl-auto-newline'
4990 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4991 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4992 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4993 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4994 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4995 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4996 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4997 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4998 `cperl-indent-level'
4999 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5000 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5001 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5002 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5003 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5004 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5005 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5006 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5007 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5008 `cperl-brace-offset'
5009 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5010 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5011 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5012 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5013 `cperl-label-offset'
5014 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5015 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5016 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5018 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5019 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5020 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5021 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5022 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5023 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5025 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5026 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5027 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5028 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5030 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5031 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5032 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5033 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5034 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5035 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5036 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5038 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5039 column 0 is indented on
5040 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5042 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5045 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5046 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5047 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5051 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5052 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5056 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5057 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (22330 59913 979323
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5067 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5068 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5069 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5070 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5071 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5075 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5076 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (22330 59913 929323
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5086 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5087 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5088 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5089 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5090 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5091 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5092 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5093 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5095 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5096 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5098 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5099 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5100 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5102 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5103 with empty strings removed.
5105 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22331 17372
5110 ;;;;;; 112369 196000))
5111 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5113 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5114 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5117 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5119 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5120 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (22330 59913
5127 ;;;;;; 931323 563000))
5128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5130 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5131 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5132 See the `cua-mode' command
5133 for a description of this minor mode.
5134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5135 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5136 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5138 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5140 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5141 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5143 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5144 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5146 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5147 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5148 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5149 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5150 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5151 normal function of these prefix keys.
5153 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5154 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5156 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5157 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5158 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5160 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5161 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5162 the prefix fallback behavior.
5164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5166 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5167 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (22330 59913
5174 ;;;;;; 931323 563000))
5175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5177 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5178 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5179 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5186 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 927323 575000))
5187 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5189 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5191 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5192 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5196 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5197 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5198 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5199 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5200 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5201 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5202 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (22331 17371 985369
5210 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5212 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5213 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5215 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5217 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5218 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5220 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5222 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5223 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5225 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5227 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5228 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5230 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5231 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5233 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5234 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5236 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5238 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5240 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5241 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5242 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5244 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5245 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5247 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5248 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5250 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5251 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5253 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5255 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5257 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5258 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5261 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5262 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5264 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5265 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5267 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5268 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5270 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5272 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5274 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5275 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5276 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5277 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5279 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5280 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5281 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5283 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5285 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5286 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5287 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5288 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5289 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5293 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5294 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5295 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5296 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5300 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5301 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5302 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5304 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5306 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5307 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5309 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5311 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5313 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5314 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5316 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5318 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5320 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5321 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5322 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5324 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5326 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5327 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5328 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5329 as part of Emacs itself.
5331 Each elements looks like this:
5333 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5335 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5336 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5337 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5338 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5339 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5340 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5341 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5344 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5346 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5347 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5348 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5349 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5350 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5352 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5353 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5354 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5355 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5357 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5359 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5360 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5361 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5362 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5363 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5366 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5367 that were added or redefined since that version.
5369 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5371 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5372 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5373 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5374 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5376 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5378 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5379 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5381 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5383 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5384 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5385 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5387 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5388 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5390 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5392 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5393 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5397 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5398 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5402 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5403 Customize all saved options and faces.
5407 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5408 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5409 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5410 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5411 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5412 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5414 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5415 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5416 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5418 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5420 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5421 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5423 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5425 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5426 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5428 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5430 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5431 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5433 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5435 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5436 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5437 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5438 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5442 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5443 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5444 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5445 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5446 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5448 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5450 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5452 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5453 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5454 The result includes selecting that window.
5455 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5456 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5457 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5460 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5462 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5463 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5465 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5467 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5468 File used for storing customization information.
5469 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5470 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5471 it should be an absolute file name.
5473 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5474 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5475 something like the following in your init file:
5477 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5480 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5481 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5483 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5484 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5485 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5486 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5487 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5489 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5490 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5491 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5492 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5493 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5494 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5495 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5496 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5497 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5498 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5500 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5502 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5503 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5507 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5508 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5512 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5513 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5514 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5516 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5518 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5519 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5520 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5521 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5522 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5524 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (22330 59913 752324
5530 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5532 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5533 Create or edit a custom theme.
5534 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5535 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5536 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5537 from the Custom save file.
5538 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5539 named *Custom Theme*.
5541 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5543 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5544 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5548 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5549 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5553 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5554 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5555 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5556 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5558 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22330 59914
5563 ;;;;;; 9323 322000))
5564 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5566 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5567 Mode used for cvs status output.
5573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (22330 59913 980323
5575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5576 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5578 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5579 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5581 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5583 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5584 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5585 C++ modes are included.
5587 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5588 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5589 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5593 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5595 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5596 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
5597 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
5598 for a description of this minor mode.
5599 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5600 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5601 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5603 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5605 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5606 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5607 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5608 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5609 ARG is omitted or nil.
5611 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5612 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5613 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (22330
5620 ;;;;;; 59913 940323 535000))
5621 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5623 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5624 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5626 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5628 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5629 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5631 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5633 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5634 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5635 For readability, the table is slightly
5636 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5638 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5639 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5640 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5641 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5642 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5644 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22330 59913 752324
5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5651 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5652 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5653 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5654 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5656 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5657 Completion on current word.
5658 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5659 and presents suggestions for completion.
5661 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5662 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5665 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5666 then it searches *all* buffers.
5668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5670 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5671 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5673 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5674 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5675 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5676 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5677 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5679 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5680 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5682 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5683 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5684 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5686 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5687 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5689 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (22330 59913
5696 ;;;;;; 920323 597000))
5697 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5699 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5700 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5702 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22330 59913 952323 498000))
5707 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5709 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5710 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5711 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5712 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5713 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22330 59913
5720 ;;;;;; 980323 412000))
5721 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5723 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5724 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5726 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5727 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5728 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5730 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5731 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5732 Data lines are not indented.
5737 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5739 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5740 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5741 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5742 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5744 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5747 Extra indentation within blocks.
5749 dcl-continuation-offset
5750 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5753 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5755 dcl-margin-label-offset
5756 Indentation for a label.
5758 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5759 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5761 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5762 dcl-block-end-regexp
5763 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5764 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5765 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5766 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5767 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5769 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5770 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5771 Two such functions are included in the package:
5772 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5773 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5775 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5776 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5777 One such function is included in the package:
5778 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5780 dcl-tab-always-indent
5781 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5782 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5785 dcl-electric-characters
5786 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5789 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5790 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5791 which words trigger electric indentation.
5794 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5795 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5796 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5798 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5799 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5800 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5801 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5803 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5804 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5805 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5806 dcl-imenu-label-call
5807 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5809 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5810 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5811 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5812 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5815 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5817 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5818 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5819 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5821 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5822 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5826 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5827 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5828 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5829 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5830 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5831 \"lined up with the command line\"
5833 Data lines are not indented at all.
5834 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5839 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5840 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (22330 59913
5847 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
5848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5850 (setq debugger 'debug)
5852 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5853 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5854 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5857 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5858 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5859 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5861 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5863 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5864 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5866 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5868 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5869 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5870 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5871 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5872 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5873 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5875 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5876 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5878 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5880 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5881 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5882 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5883 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5884 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5886 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (22330 59913
5891 ;;;;;; 969323 446000))
5892 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5894 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5895 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5899 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5900 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5901 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5902 Upper-case letters are commands.
5904 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5907 The most useful commands are:
5908 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5909 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5910 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5911 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5912 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5913 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (22330 59913 752324
5921 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5922 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5924 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5925 Customization of `columns' group.
5929 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5930 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5932 START and END delimits the text region.
5934 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5936 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5937 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5939 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5941 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (22330 59913 737324 162000))
5946 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5948 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5950 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5951 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5952 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
5953 for a description of this minor mode.
5954 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5955 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5956 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5958 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5960 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5961 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5962 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5963 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5964 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5966 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5967 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5968 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
5969 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
5971 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
5972 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
5974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (22331 17371
5979 ;;;;;; 991369 626000))
5980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5982 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5983 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5985 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5987 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5988 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5989 or nil if there is no parent.
5990 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5991 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5992 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5993 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5994 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5996 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5997 arguments are currently understood:
5999 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6000 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6002 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6003 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6005 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6006 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6008 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6010 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6012 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6013 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6014 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6016 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6017 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6019 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6020 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6021 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6023 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6024 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6026 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6027 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6029 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6031 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6033 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6035 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6036 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6037 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6038 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6039 the first time the mode is used.
6041 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (22330 59913 737324
6047 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6049 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6050 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6051 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6052 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6053 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6054 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6057 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6059 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6060 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6061 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6062 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6064 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6065 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6066 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6068 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6069 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6070 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6071 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6072 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6073 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6076 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6078 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6079 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6081 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6082 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6083 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6084 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6085 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6086 minibuffer window for width limit.
6088 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6089 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22330 59913 752324
6097 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6099 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6100 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6101 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6102 for a description of this minor mode.
6103 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6104 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6105 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6107 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6109 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6110 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6111 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6112 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6115 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6116 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6117 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6118 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6120 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6121 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6123 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6124 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6126 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6128 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6132 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6133 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6134 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6135 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6137 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6139 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6140 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6142 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6143 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6144 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6146 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6147 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6149 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6150 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6151 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6153 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6154 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6155 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6156 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6158 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6160 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6161 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6163 Handlers are called with argument list
6165 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6167 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6169 `desktop-file-version'
6170 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6171 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6172 `desktop-buffer-point'
6173 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6174 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6175 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6177 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6178 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6180 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6183 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6185 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6186 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6188 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6189 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6190 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6192 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6194 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6195 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6196 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6197 List elements must have the form
6199 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6201 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6204 Handlers are called with argument list
6206 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6208 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6210 `desktop-file-version'
6211 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6212 `desktop-buffer-name'
6213 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6214 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6215 `desktop-buffer-point'
6216 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6217 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6218 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6220 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6221 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6224 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6227 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6229 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6230 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6232 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6233 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6234 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6236 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6238 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6240 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6242 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6243 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6244 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6245 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6246 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6251 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6252 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6253 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6254 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6255 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6256 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6257 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6258 do not rewrite the file.
6260 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6261 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6262 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6263 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6264 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6267 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6268 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6269 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6270 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6271 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6272 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6273 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6274 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6275 without further confirmation.
6277 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6279 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6280 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6281 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6285 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6286 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6287 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6288 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6289 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6290 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6291 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6292 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6294 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6296 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6297 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6298 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6302 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6304 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6305 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6306 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6307 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6310 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6312 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6313 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6317 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6318 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (22330 59913
6325 ;;;;;; 938323 541000))
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6328 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6329 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6330 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6331 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6332 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6333 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6335 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6337 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6338 Repair a broken attribution line.
6339 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6341 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6343 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6344 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6345 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6346 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6348 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6350 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6351 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22330
6358 ;;;;;; 59913 919323 600000))
6359 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6361 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6362 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6363 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6364 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6365 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6369 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6370 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6371 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6372 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6374 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6375 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6376 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6377 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6379 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6380 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6382 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6383 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6384 calendar-date-style \\='european
6385 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6387 \(diary-mail-entries)
6389 # diary-rem.el ends here
6391 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6393 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6394 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (22330 59913 993323 372000))
6401 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6403 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6404 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6406 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6408 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6409 The command to use to run diff.")
6411 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6413 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6414 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6415 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6416 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6417 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6418 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6420 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6421 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6422 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6424 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6426 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6427 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6428 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6429 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6430 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6431 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6433 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6435 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6436 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6440 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6441 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6442 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6444 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22330 59914
6449 ;;;;;; 9323 322000))
6450 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6452 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6453 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6454 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6457 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6458 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6459 headers for you on-the-fly.
6461 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6462 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6463 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6469 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6470 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6471 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6472 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6473 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6475 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (22330 59913 952323 498000))
6482 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6484 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6485 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6486 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6488 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22331 17371 987369 640000))
6493 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6495 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6496 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6497 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6498 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6499 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6500 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6501 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6502 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6504 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6506 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6507 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6508 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6509 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6510 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6511 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6513 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6514 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6515 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6516 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6518 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6519 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6521 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6522 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6523 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6524 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6525 listing have no effect.
6527 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6528 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6529 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6531 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6533 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6534 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6536 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6537 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6539 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6540 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6542 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6543 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6545 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6547 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6548 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6550 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6552 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6553 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6554 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6555 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6556 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6557 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6558 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6559 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6560 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6561 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6562 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6563 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6564 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6565 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6566 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6567 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6568 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6569 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6570 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6571 to see why something went wrong.
6572 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6573 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6574 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6575 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6576 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6577 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6578 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6579 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6580 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6581 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6582 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6583 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6584 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6586 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6587 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6588 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6589 again for the directory tree.
6591 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6594 `dired-listing-switches'
6595 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6598 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6599 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6600 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6601 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6603 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6605 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6606 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6613 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6614 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (22330 59913 752324
6620 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6622 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6623 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6624 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6625 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6626 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6628 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6629 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6630 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6632 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6633 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6638 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6639 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6640 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6641 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6642 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6643 from `default-directory'.
6645 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (22330 59913
6650 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
6651 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6653 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6654 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6655 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6656 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6657 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6658 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6660 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (22330 59913 752324
6666 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6668 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6669 Return a new, empty display table.
6673 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6674 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6675 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6676 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6677 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6679 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6681 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6682 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6683 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6684 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6685 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6687 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6689 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6690 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6694 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6695 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6699 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6700 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6702 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6703 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6705 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6706 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6709 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6710 in the default way after this call.
6714 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6715 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6719 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6720 Display character C using printable string S.
6724 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6725 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6726 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6727 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6729 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6731 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6732 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6733 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6736 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6738 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6739 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6741 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6743 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6744 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6746 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6748 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6749 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6751 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6753 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6754 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6756 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6758 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6759 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6761 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6763 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6764 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6766 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6767 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6769 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6770 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6772 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6773 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6774 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6775 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6777 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6778 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6779 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (22330 59913
6787 ;;;;;; 969323 446000))
6788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6790 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6791 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6792 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6793 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6794 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6795 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6796 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22330 59913 752324 116000))
6804 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6806 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6807 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6808 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6809 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6810 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6811 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6813 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6814 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6815 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6816 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6817 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6819 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (22330 59913
6824 ;;;;;; 990323 381000))
6825 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6827 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6828 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6829 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6830 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6831 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6832 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6833 table and its own syntax table.
6835 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6838 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6840 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6841 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22330 59913 752324
6849 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6851 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6852 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6853 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6854 OpenDocument format).
6856 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6858 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6859 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6861 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6862 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6864 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6865 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6866 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6870 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6871 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6872 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6873 to the next best mode.
6877 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6878 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6879 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6880 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6881 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6883 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6887 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22330 59913 969323
6896 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6898 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6899 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (22330 59913 753324 113000))
6906 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6908 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6909 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6910 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6911 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6912 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6914 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6915 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (22330 59913 969323
6923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6924 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6926 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6927 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22331
6934 ;;;;;; 17371 991369 626000))
6935 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6937 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6939 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6940 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6941 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6942 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6943 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6945 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6946 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6947 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6948 and disables it otherwise.
6950 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6951 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6952 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6953 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6955 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6956 documenting what its argument does.
6958 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6959 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6960 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6961 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6962 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6963 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6964 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6965 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6967 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6968 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6969 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6970 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6971 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6972 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6973 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6974 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6975 the minor mode is global):
6977 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6978 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6979 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6980 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6981 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6982 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6983 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6984 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6985 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6986 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6987 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6988 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6989 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6990 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6991 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6992 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6993 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6994 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6995 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6996 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6999 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
7000 have been run. It should not be quoted.
7002 For example, you could write
7003 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7004 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
7007 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7009 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7011 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7013 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7015 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7016 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7017 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7018 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7019 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7020 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7021 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7022 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7023 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7024 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7025 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7026 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7028 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7029 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7030 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7031 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7032 call another major mode in their body.
7034 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7035 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7036 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7038 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7040 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7042 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7043 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7044 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7045 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7046 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7047 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7048 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7050 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7052 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7053 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7054 :inherit Parent keymap.
7056 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7057 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7059 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7061 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7062 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7063 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7064 the constant's documentation.
7066 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7068 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7069 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7070 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7072 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (22330
7077 ;;;;;; 59913 929323 569000))
7078 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7080 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7081 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7082 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7083 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7085 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7086 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7087 as a top-level menu bar item.
7089 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7090 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7094 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7095 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7096 items to actually display.
7099 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7100 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7101 alias for `:visible'.
7104 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7105 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7106 an alias for `:active'.
7108 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7109 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7111 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7113 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7115 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7116 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7118 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7119 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7121 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7123 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7125 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7126 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7129 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7130 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7131 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7132 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7135 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7136 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7137 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7138 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7141 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7142 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7143 alias for `:active'.
7146 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7147 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7151 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7152 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7155 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7156 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7159 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7160 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7161 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7164 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7165 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7168 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7170 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7171 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7172 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7174 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7175 MENU. This is a submenu.
7177 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7179 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7181 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7184 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7186 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7187 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7188 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7189 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7191 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7193 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7194 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7195 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7196 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7197 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7198 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7200 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7201 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7202 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7204 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7205 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7206 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7208 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7209 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7211 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22330 59913
7216 ;;;;;; 981323 409000))
7217 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7218 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7220 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Customization for ebnf group.
7225 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7226 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7228 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7230 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7233 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7235 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7237 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7238 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7240 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7241 killed after process termination.
7243 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7245 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7247 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7248 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7250 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7251 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7254 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7255 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7256 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7257 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7259 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7261 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7262 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7263 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7265 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7267 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7268 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7270 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7272 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7275 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7277 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7279 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7280 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7282 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7283 killed after process termination.
7285 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7287 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7289 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7290 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7291 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7292 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7294 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7298 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7299 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7300 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7302 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7304 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7306 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7307 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7309 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7311 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7314 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7316 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7318 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7319 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7321 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7322 killed after EPS generation.
7324 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7326 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7328 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7329 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7331 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7332 The EPS file name has the following form:
7334 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7336 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7337 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7339 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7340 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7341 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7342 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7343 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7345 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7350 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7351 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7353 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7354 The EPS file name has the following form:
7356 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7358 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7359 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7361 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7362 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7363 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7364 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7365 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7367 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7370 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7372 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7374 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7375 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7377 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7379 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7382 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7384 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7386 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7387 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7389 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7390 killed after syntax checking.
7392 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7394 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7396 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7397 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7401 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7402 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7404 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7406 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7407 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7411 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7412 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7414 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7418 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7419 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7421 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7423 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7425 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7428 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7432 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7433 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7435 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7437 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7439 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7440 Set STYLE as the current style.
7442 Returns the old style symbol.
7444 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7448 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7449 Reset current style.
7451 Returns the old style symbol.
7453 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7455 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7457 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7458 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7460 Returns the old style symbol.
7462 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7464 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7466 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7468 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7469 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7471 Returns the old style symbol.
7473 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7475 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (22330 59913
7482 ;;;;;; 981323 409000))
7483 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7485 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7486 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7487 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7488 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7489 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7490 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7492 Tree mode key bindings:
7493 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7497 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7498 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7502 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7503 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7507 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7508 View declaration of member at point.
7512 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7513 Find declaration of member at point.
7517 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7518 View definition of member at point.
7522 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7523 Find definition of member at point.
7527 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7528 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7533 View definition of member at point in other window.
7537 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7538 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7542 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7543 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7547 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7548 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7552 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7553 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7557 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7558 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7559 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7560 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7563 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7565 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7566 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7567 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7568 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7570 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7572 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7573 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7574 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7575 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7577 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7579 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7580 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7581 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7583 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7585 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7586 Search for call sites of a member.
7587 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7588 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7589 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7590 looks like a function call to the member.
7592 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7594 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7595 Move backward in the position stack.
7596 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7600 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7601 Move forward in the position stack.
7602 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7606 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7607 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7611 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7612 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7616 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7617 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7618 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7619 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7621 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7623 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7624 Display statistics for a class tree.
7630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (22330 59913 912323
7632 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7634 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7635 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7636 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7637 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7638 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7639 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7640 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7642 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7644 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7645 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7646 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7647 also has this effect.
7648 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7649 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7650 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7651 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7652 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7653 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7654 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7655 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7656 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7657 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (22330 59913 912323
7665 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7667 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7668 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7669 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7671 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (22331 17372
7676 ;;;;;; 13369 548000))
7677 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7679 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22330 59913 920323 597000))
7687 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7688 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7690 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7691 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
7692 See the `global-ede-mode' command
7693 for a description of this minor mode.
7694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7695 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7696 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7698 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7700 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7701 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7702 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7703 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7704 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7706 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7707 an EDE controlled project.
7709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22331 17371
7714 ;;;;;; 992369 622000))
7715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7717 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7718 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7719 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7720 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7721 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7723 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7724 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7725 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7726 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7728 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7730 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7731 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7732 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7733 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7735 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7737 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7738 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7739 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7740 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7742 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7744 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7746 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7747 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7748 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7749 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7750 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7752 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7753 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7754 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7755 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7756 instrumented for Edebug.
7758 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7759 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7760 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7761 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7766 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7767 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7771 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7772 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22331 17372 122369 161000))
7779 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7780 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7782 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7783 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7785 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7787 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7788 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7790 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7792 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7794 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7796 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7797 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7798 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7799 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7803 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7804 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7805 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7806 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7810 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7811 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7813 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7815 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7817 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7818 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7820 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7822 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7824 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7825 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7826 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7827 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7829 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7831 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7833 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7834 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7835 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7836 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7838 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7840 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7842 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7843 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7844 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7845 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7847 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7849 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7851 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7852 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7853 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7854 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7856 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7858 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7860 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7861 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7862 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7863 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7864 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7865 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7867 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7869 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7870 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7871 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7872 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7874 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7876 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7878 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7879 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7880 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7881 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7883 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7885 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7887 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7889 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7890 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7891 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7893 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7894 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7896 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7898 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7899 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7900 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7902 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7903 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7905 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7907 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7908 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7909 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7910 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7911 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7913 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7915 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7916 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7917 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7918 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7919 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7920 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7922 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7924 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7926 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7927 Merge two files without ancestor.
7929 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7931 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7932 Merge two files with ancestor.
7934 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7936 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7938 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7939 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7941 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7943 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7944 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7946 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7948 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7949 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7950 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7953 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7955 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7956 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7957 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7960 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7962 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7963 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7964 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7965 and don't ask the user.
7966 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7967 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7969 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7971 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7972 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7973 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7974 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7975 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7976 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7977 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7978 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7980 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7982 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7984 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7986 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7987 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7988 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7989 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7990 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7992 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7994 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7996 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7997 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7998 When called interactively, displays the version.
8002 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8003 Display Ediff's manual.
8004 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8006 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8008 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
8013 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
8018 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
8023 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8028 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
8033 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
8038 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
8043 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (22330 59914
8051 ;;;;;; 9323 322000))
8052 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
8054 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (22330 59914
8062 ;;;;;; 9323 322000))
8063 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
8065 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8066 Display Ediff's registry.
8070 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22331 17372
8075 ;;;;;; 122369 161000))
8076 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8078 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8079 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8080 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8085 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8086 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8087 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8088 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (22330 59913 912323
8096 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8097 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8099 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8100 Edit a keyboard macro.
8101 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8102 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8103 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8105 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8107 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8109 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8110 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8112 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8114 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8115 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8117 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8119 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8120 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8121 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8122 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8123 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8124 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8126 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8127 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8128 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8129 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8131 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8133 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8134 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8135 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8136 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8137 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8138 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8140 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22330 59913 931323
8146 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8148 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8150 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8151 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8153 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8155 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8156 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (22330 59913 912323 622000))
8163 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8165 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8166 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8167 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8168 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8169 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8170 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8171 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8173 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8174 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8176 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8177 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8178 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8179 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8181 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8182 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8183 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8185 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8186 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8187 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8189 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8191 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8194 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (22331 17377
8199 ;;;;;; 951348 457000))
8200 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8201 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22331
8206 ;;;;;; 17371 993369 619000))
8207 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8208 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8210 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8211 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8212 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8213 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8214 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8215 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8216 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8218 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (22330 59913 912323
8224 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8226 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8227 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8229 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8230 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8231 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8233 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8235 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8236 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8237 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
8238 for a description of this minor mode.
8239 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8240 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8241 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8243 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8245 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8246 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8247 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8248 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8249 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8251 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8252 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8253 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8254 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8258 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8259 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (22330 59913 912323
8267 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8269 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8270 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8272 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8273 an elided material again.
8275 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22330 59913
8282 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
8283 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8285 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8290 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8291 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8292 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8294 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8296 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8297 Lint the current buffer.
8298 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8302 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8303 Lint the function at point.
8304 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8308 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8310 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8311 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8313 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (22330 59913 929323
8319 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8321 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8322 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8323 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8325 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8327 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8328 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8329 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8330 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8332 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8334 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8335 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8336 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8338 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8340 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8342 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8343 Display current profiling results.
8344 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8345 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (22330 59913 912323
8354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8356 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8357 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8358 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8359 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8360 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8361 ARG is omitted or nil.
8363 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8364 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8365 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8368 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8370 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8371 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8372 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8374 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22331 17372
8381 ;;;;;; 50369 416000))
8382 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8384 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8385 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8386 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8388 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8390 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (22330 59914 9323 322000))
8395 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8397 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8398 Run Emerge on two files.
8400 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8402 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8403 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8405 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8407 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8408 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8410 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8412 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8413 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8415 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8417 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8422 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8427 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8430 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8432 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8435 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8437 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8438 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8440 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8442 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8443 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8445 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8447 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8450 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (22330 59913
8455 ;;;;;; 990323 381000))
8456 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8458 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8459 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8460 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8461 text/enriched format.
8463 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8464 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8465 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8467 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8469 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8470 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8474 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8478 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8481 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8483 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8486 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (22331 17371 998369 601000))
8491 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8493 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8494 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8496 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8498 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8499 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8501 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8503 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8504 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8505 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8506 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8507 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8508 the keys are listed.
8509 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8511 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8513 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8514 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8515 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8517 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8519 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8524 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8525 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8527 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8529 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8530 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8532 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8534 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8535 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8537 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8538 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8539 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8540 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8542 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8543 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8544 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8545 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8546 should consider using the string based counterpart
8547 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8548 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8552 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8553 (decode-coding-string
8554 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8557 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8559 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8560 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8562 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8563 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8565 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8567 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8569 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8570 Verify the current region between START and END.
8572 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8573 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8574 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8575 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8576 should consider using the string based counterpart
8577 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8578 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8582 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8583 (decode-coding-string
8584 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8587 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8589 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8591 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8592 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8593 between START and END.
8595 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8596 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8598 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8600 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8602 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8603 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8605 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8606 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8607 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8608 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8609 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8610 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8614 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8617 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8619 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8621 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8623 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8624 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8626 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8627 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8628 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8629 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8630 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8631 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8635 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8638 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8641 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8643 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8645 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8646 Delete selected KEYS.
8648 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8650 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8651 Import keys from FILE.
8655 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8656 Import keys from the region.
8658 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8660 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8661 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8662 between START and END.
8664 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8666 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8667 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8669 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8671 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8672 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (22330 59913 912323
8680 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8682 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8683 Decrypt marked files.
8687 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8688 Verify marked files.
8692 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8697 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8698 Encrypt marked files.
8704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (22330 59913 912323
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8708 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8711 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8713 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8718 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (22330 59913 912323
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8729 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8730 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8732 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8733 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8737 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8738 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8739 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8743 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8745 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8746 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8747 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8751 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8753 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8754 Sign the current buffer.
8755 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8757 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8759 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8761 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8762 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8763 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8764 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8765 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8766 and also whether and how to sign.
8768 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8769 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8770 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8772 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8774 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8776 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8777 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8778 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8782 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8784 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8785 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8786 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
8787 for a description of this minor mode.
8788 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8789 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8790 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8792 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8794 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8795 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8796 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8797 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8798 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22330 59913 912323 622000))
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8806 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8808 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8809 Return a context object.
8811 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (22330 59913 912323
8817 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8819 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
8820 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
8821 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
8822 the previous invocation of this function, unless FORCE is non-nil.
8824 Then it walks through `epg-config--program-alist'. If
8825 `epg-gpg-program' or `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with
8826 custom, use it. Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the
8827 entry until the version requirement is met.
8829 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8831 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8832 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8836 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
8838 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8839 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8841 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8843 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8844 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8846 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22331 17372 1369 590000))
8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8852 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8854 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8855 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8859 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8860 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8861 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8863 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8865 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8866 (server (erc-compute-server))
8867 (port (erc-compute-port))
8868 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8870 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8872 That is, if called with
8874 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8876 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8877 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8878 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8880 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8882 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8884 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8885 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8886 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8888 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8890 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8891 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8892 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8893 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8895 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (22330
8900 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
8901 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8902 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (22331 17371
8907 ;;;;;; 999369 597000))
8908 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8909 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (22331 17371
8914 ;;;;;; 999369 597000))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8916 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (22331 17371
8921 ;;;;;; 999369 597000))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8923 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (22331 17371 999369
8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8930 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8932 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8933 Parser for /dcc command.
8934 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8935 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8936 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8938 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8940 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8941 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8945 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8946 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8948 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8949 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8950 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8953 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8958 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 933323 557000))
8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8960 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (22330
8965 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
8966 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8968 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8969 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8971 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8973 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8974 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8975 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8976 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8978 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8980 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8983 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8985 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8986 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8988 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8990 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8991 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8993 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8995 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8996 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8998 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9000 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9001 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9003 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9005 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9006 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9008 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9010 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9011 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9013 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9015 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9016 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9020 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9021 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (22330 59913 933323
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9030 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9032 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9033 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9034 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (22330 59913
9041 ;;;;;; 933323 557000))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9043 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9045 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9046 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9047 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9048 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9049 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9050 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9053 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9055 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9058 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (22330 59913
9063 ;;;;;; 933323 557000))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9066 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (22330 59913 933323
9075 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9076 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (22330 59913 933323
9082 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9083 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (22330 59913 933323
9089 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9090 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9092 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9093 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9094 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9095 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9096 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9097 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9099 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9101 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9102 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9103 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9104 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9106 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9107 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9110 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9111 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9113 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22331 17371
9118 ;;;;;; 999369 597000))
9119 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9120 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9122 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9123 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9127 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9128 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9132 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9133 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9137 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9138 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9142 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9143 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9147 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9148 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9152 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9153 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9157 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9158 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (22330 59913 933323
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9167 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (22330
9172 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
9173 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9174 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9176 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22330
9184 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
9185 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9187 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9188 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9189 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9190 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9194 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9195 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (22330 59913
9202 ;;;;;; 933323 557000))
9203 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9204 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9206 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9207 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9208 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9209 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9211 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9213 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (22330 59913 933323
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9223 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (22330
9228 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
9229 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9230 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (22330 59913
9235 ;;;;;; 933323 557000))
9236 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9237 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (22330 59913 933323
9243 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9244 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22330
9249 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
9250 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9251 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9253 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9254 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9258 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9259 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9260 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9262 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (22330 59913
9267 ;;;;;; 933323 557000))
9268 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9269 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (22330
9274 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
9275 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9277 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9278 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9279 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (22330
9286 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
9287 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9288 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (22331 17372
9294 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9295 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (22331 17372
9301 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9303 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9304 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9305 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
9306 for a description of this minor mode.")
9308 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9310 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9311 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9312 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9313 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9314 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9316 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9317 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9318 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9319 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9322 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (22330
9327 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
9328 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9329 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9331 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9332 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9333 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9334 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9336 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9338 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9339 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9340 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (22330 59913 933323
9348 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9349 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9351 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9352 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22331 17371 995369
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9362 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9363 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9365 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9366 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9368 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9369 useful for assertions in BODY.
9371 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9373 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9374 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9375 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9377 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9379 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9381 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9383 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9385 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9387 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9388 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9390 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9391 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9392 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9393 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9395 Returns the stats object.
9397 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9399 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9400 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9402 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9403 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9404 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9407 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9409 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9410 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9412 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9413 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9414 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9415 and how to display message.
9417 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9419 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9421 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9422 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9424 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22331 17371
9429 ;;;;;; 994369 615000))
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9432 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9434 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9435 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22331 17372
9442 ;;;;;; 1369 590000))
9443 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9445 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9446 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (22331 17372 2369
9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9455 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9457 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9458 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9459 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9460 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9461 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9462 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9463 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9464 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9465 buffer selected (or created).
9467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9469 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9470 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9471 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9473 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9475 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9476 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9477 The result might be any Lisp object.
9478 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9479 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9480 corresponding to a successful execution.
9482 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9484 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (22330 59913 971323
9490 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9492 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9493 File name of tags table.
9494 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9495 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9496 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9497 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9498 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9500 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9501 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9502 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9503 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9505 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9507 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9508 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9509 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9510 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9511 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9512 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9514 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9516 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9517 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9518 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9520 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9522 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9523 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9524 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9525 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9526 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9528 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9530 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9531 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9532 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9533 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9535 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9537 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9538 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9539 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9540 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9541 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9543 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9545 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9546 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9550 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9551 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9552 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9553 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9555 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9556 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9557 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9558 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9559 file the tag was in.
9561 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9563 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9564 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9565 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9566 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9567 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9568 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9569 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9570 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9571 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9573 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9575 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9576 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9577 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9578 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9579 without directory names.
9583 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9587 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9588 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9591 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9593 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9594 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9595 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9596 but does not select the buffer.
9597 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9599 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9600 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9601 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9602 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9603 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9605 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9607 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9608 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9609 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9611 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9613 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9615 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9616 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9617 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9618 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9620 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9621 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9622 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9623 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9624 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9626 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9628 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9629 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9630 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9632 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9634 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9636 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9638 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9639 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9640 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9641 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9642 around or before point.
9644 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9645 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9646 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9647 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9648 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9650 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9652 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9653 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9654 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9656 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9658 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9660 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9662 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9663 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9664 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9665 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9666 around or before point.
9668 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9669 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9670 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9671 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9672 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9674 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9676 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9677 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9678 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9680 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9682 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9684 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9686 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9687 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9688 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9690 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9691 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9692 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9693 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9694 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9696 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9698 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9699 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9700 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9702 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9704 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9706 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9708 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9710 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9711 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9713 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9714 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9715 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9717 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9718 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9720 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9721 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9723 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9725 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9726 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9727 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9728 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9730 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9731 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9732 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9733 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9734 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9736 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9738 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9739 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9740 Stops when a match is found.
9741 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9743 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9744 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9745 restricted to these files.
9747 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9749 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9751 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9752 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9753 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9754 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9755 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9756 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9757 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9758 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9760 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9761 produce the list of files to search.
9763 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9765 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9767 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9768 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9769 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9770 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9771 directory specification.
9773 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9775 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9776 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9778 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9780 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9782 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9783 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9784 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9785 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9789 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9790 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9791 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9792 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9793 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9797 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (22330
9805 ;;;;;; 59913 940323 535000))
9806 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9808 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9813 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9814 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9816 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9817 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9819 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9820 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9823 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9824 even if the buffer is read-only.
9826 See also the descriptions of the variables
9827 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9829 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9831 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9832 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9834 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9835 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9837 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9838 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9841 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9842 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9844 See also the descriptions of the variables
9845 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9847 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9849 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9850 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9851 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9852 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9854 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9856 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9857 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9858 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9859 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9861 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9862 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9865 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9866 buffer is read-only.
9868 See also the descriptions of the variables
9869 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9870 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9872 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9874 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9875 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9877 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9878 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9880 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9881 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9882 the primary language.
9884 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9885 buffer is read-only.
9887 See also the descriptions of the variables
9888 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9889 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9891 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9893 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9894 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9895 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9897 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9899 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9900 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9904 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9905 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9907 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9908 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9911 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9912 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9913 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9915 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9917 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9919 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9920 This function is deprecated.
9924 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9925 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9929 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9930 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9934 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9935 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9937 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9938 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9940 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9941 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9945 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9946 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9950 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9951 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9955 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9956 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9960 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9961 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9962 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9966 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9969 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22331 17372 58369 388000))
9974 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9976 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9977 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9978 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9979 server for future sessions.
9981 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9983 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9984 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9985 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9987 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9989 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9990 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9991 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9993 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9995 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9996 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9997 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9998 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9999 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10000 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10001 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10002 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10003 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10004 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10005 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10006 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10008 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10010 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10011 Display a form to query the directory server.
10012 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10013 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10015 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10017 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10018 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10019 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10023 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22330 59913 952323
10029 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10031 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10032 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10034 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10036 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10037 Display URL and make it clickable.
10039 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10041 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10042 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10044 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10046 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10047 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10049 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10051 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10052 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10054 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10056 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10057 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10059 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22330 59913
10064 ;;;;;; 952323 498000))
10065 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10067 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10068 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10069 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10073 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10074 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22330
10081 ;;;;;; 59913 953323 495000))
10082 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10084 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10085 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (22330 59913 929323
10093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10095 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10096 Create an empty ewoc.
10098 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10100 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10101 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10102 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10103 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10104 `insert-before-markers'.
10106 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10107 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10108 respectively, of the ewoc.
10110 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10111 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10112 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10114 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22331 17372 58369 388000))
10119 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10121 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10122 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10123 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10124 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10125 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10127 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10129 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10130 Fetch URL and render the page.
10131 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10132 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10135 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10137 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10138 Render FILE using EWW.
10142 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10143 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10144 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10146 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10148 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10149 Mode for browsing the web.
10153 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10156 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10158 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10159 Display the bookmarks.
10165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (22330
10166 ;;;;;; 59913 981323 409000))
10167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10169 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10170 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10171 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10173 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10175 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10176 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10177 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10178 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10179 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10181 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10183 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10184 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10185 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10186 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10187 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10190 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10192 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10193 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10194 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22330 59913 912323 622000))
10202 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10204 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10205 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10206 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10207 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10209 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10211 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10212 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10213 to generate such functions.
10215 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10216 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10217 beginning of the expanded text.
10219 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10220 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10221 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10222 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10224 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10226 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10228 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10229 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10230 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10234 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10235 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10236 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10240 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10241 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10242 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10245 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10246 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22330 59913 981323
10252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10254 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10255 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10256 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10258 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10259 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10260 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10262 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10267 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10270 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10272 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10274 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10275 `f90-program-indent'
10276 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10278 `f90-associate-indent'
10279 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10280 `f90-critical-indent'
10281 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10282 `f90-continuation-indent'
10283 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10284 `f90-comment-region'
10285 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10286 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10287 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10288 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10290 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10291 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10292 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10293 `f90-break-delimiters'
10294 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10295 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10296 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10297 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10299 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10300 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10302 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10303 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10304 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10305 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10306 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10307 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10308 `f90-leave-line-no'
10309 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10311 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10312 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (22330 59913 738324
10320 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10322 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10323 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10324 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10325 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10327 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10328 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10329 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10330 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10331 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10333 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10334 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10335 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10336 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10337 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10338 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10341 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10342 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10344 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10346 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10347 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10348 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10349 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10351 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10353 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10354 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10355 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10356 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10358 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10359 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10360 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10362 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10363 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10364 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10365 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10367 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10369 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10370 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10371 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10373 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10374 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10375 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10378 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10380 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10381 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10382 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10384 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10385 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10386 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10387 will remove any scaling currently active.
10391 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10392 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10393 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10396 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10397 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10398 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10399 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10401 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10402 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10404 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10406 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10407 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10409 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10410 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10411 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10413 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10414 the face height as long as the input event read
10415 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10417 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10418 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10419 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10420 will remove any scaling currently active.
10422 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10423 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10424 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10425 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10426 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10430 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10431 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10432 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10433 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10434 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10435 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10439 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10440 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10441 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10442 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10443 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10444 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10445 `buffer-face-mode'.
10447 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10448 local, and sets it to FACE.
10450 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10452 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10453 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10454 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10455 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10456 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10457 `face' text property.
10459 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10460 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10461 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10462 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10464 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10465 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10467 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10469 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10470 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10471 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10472 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22330 59913
10479 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
10480 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10481 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10483 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10484 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10485 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10486 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10490 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10491 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10495 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10496 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10497 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10498 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10502 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10503 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10504 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10505 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10506 backup file names and the like).
10508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10510 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10511 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10512 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10513 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10514 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10515 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10516 internally by feedmail):
10518 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10519 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10520 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10521 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10523 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10524 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10525 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10526 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10527 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10529 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (22331 17372 3369 583000))
10534 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10536 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10537 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10538 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10539 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10540 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10541 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10542 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10544 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10546 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10547 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10548 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10549 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10550 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10551 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10552 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10554 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10556 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10558 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10559 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10560 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10561 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10562 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10563 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10565 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10567 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10568 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10569 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10571 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10572 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10577 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10578 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10579 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10581 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10583 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10584 Try to get a file name at point.
10585 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10589 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10590 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (22330 59913 912323
10598 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10600 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10601 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10602 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10603 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10605 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10607 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10608 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10609 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10610 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10611 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10612 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10614 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10616 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10617 Add FILE to the file cache.
10621 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10622 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10623 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10625 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10627 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10628 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10629 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10631 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10633 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10634 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10635 This function does not use any external programs.
10636 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10637 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10638 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10640 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10642 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10643 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10644 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10645 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10646 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10647 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10648 \(directories) is done.
10654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22330 59913 912323
10656 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10658 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10659 Handle file system monitoring event.
10660 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10662 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10664 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10666 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (22331 17372 3369 583000))
10671 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10673 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10674 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10676 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10677 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10678 Local Variables list.
10680 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10681 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10682 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10684 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10686 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10687 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10689 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10691 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10692 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10694 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10695 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10698 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10699 then this function adds it.
10701 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10703 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10704 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10706 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10708 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10709 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10711 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10713 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10714 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10716 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10718 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10719 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10723 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10724 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10728 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10729 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22330 59913 912323
10737 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10739 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10740 Filesets initialization.
10741 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22330 59913 913323
10749 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10750 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10752 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10753 Initiate the building of a find command.
10756 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10757 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10759 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10761 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10762 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10764 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22331 17372 5369
10770 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10772 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10773 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10774 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10776 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10778 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10779 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10781 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10783 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10784 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10785 and run Dired on those files.
10786 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10787 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10789 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10791 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10793 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10795 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10796 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10797 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10799 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10800 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10802 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10803 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10805 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22331 17372 5369
10811 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10813 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10814 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10815 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10816 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10817 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10818 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10819 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10821 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10823 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10824 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10825 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10827 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10829 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10831 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10833 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10834 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10835 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10837 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10838 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10840 Variables of interest include:
10842 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10843 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10844 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10846 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10847 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10848 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10850 - `ff-ignore-include'
10851 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10853 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10854 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10857 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10859 - `ff-special-constructs'
10860 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10861 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10862 extracting the filename from that construct.
10864 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10865 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10867 - `ff-search-directories'
10868 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10869 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10871 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10872 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10874 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10875 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10877 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10878 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10880 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10881 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10883 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10884 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10886 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10888 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10889 Visit the file you click on.
10891 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10893 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10894 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10896 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22331
10901 ;;;;;; 17377 951348 457000))
10902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10904 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10905 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10906 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10908 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10910 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10911 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10912 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10913 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10915 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10916 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10917 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10918 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10920 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10922 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10923 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10925 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10926 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10927 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10928 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10930 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10931 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10932 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10934 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10935 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10938 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10940 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10941 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10943 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10944 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10945 places point before the definition.
10946 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10948 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10949 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10950 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10952 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10954 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10955 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10957 See `find-function' for more details.
10959 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10961 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10962 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10964 See `find-function' for more details.
10966 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10968 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10969 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10971 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10972 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10973 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10975 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10976 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10978 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10980 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10981 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10983 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10984 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10985 places point before the definition.
10987 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10989 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10990 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10991 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10993 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10995 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10996 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10998 See `find-variable' for more details.
11000 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11002 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
11003 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11005 See `find-variable' for more details.
11007 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11009 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11010 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11011 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11012 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11013 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11014 buffer nor display it.
11016 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11017 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11019 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11021 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11022 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11024 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11025 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11026 places point before the definition.
11028 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11030 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11031 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11032 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11036 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11037 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11038 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11042 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
11043 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
11044 See `find-function-on-key'.
11048 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
11049 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
11050 See `find-function-on-key'.
11054 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11055 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11059 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11060 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11064 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11065 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (22330 59913 738324
11073 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11075 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11076 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11078 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11080 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11081 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11085 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11086 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11088 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (22330 59913 913323 619000))
11093 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11094 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11096 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11097 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11101 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11102 Display FILE's commentary section.
11103 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11107 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11108 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (22330 59913 913323
11116 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11118 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11119 Toggle flow control handling.
11120 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11121 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11123 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11125 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11126 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11127 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11128 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11129 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11130 to get the effect of a C-q.
11132 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (22331 17372
11137 ;;;;;; 13369 548000))
11138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11140 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11143 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11145 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11148 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22330 59913
11153 ;;;;;; 981323 409000))
11154 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11155 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11157 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11158 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11159 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11160 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11161 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11162 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11166 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11167 Turn flymake mode on.
11171 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11172 Turn flymake mode off.
11176 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (22331 17372
11184 ;;;;;; 113369 193000))
11185 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11187 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11188 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11191 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11193 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11194 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11195 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11196 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11197 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11199 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11200 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11201 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11204 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11205 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11206 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11207 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11210 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11213 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11214 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11215 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11217 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11219 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11222 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11223 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11227 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11228 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11232 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11233 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11237 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11238 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11242 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11243 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11245 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11247 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11248 Flyspell whole buffer.
11254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22330 59913 913323
11256 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11257 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22330 59913 738324 159000))
11262 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11264 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11265 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11269 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11270 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11274 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11275 Toggle Follow mode.
11276 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11277 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11278 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11280 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11281 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11283 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11284 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11285 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11287 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11288 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11289 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11292 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
11293 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
11294 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
11295 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
11296 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11299 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11300 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11302 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11304 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11306 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11307 \\{follow-mode-map}
11309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11311 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up-window "follow" "\
11312 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
11313 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11315 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11316 the window will be visible after the scroll.
11318 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11319 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11321 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11325 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down-window "follow" "\
11326 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
11327 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11329 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11330 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
11332 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11333 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11335 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11339 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11340 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11342 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11343 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11345 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11346 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11348 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11352 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11353 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11355 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11356 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11358 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11359 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11361 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11365 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11366 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11368 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11369 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11370 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11371 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11372 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11373 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11375 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11376 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11377 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22330 59913
11384 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
11385 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11386 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11388 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11389 Toggle Footnote mode.
11390 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11391 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11392 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11394 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11395 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11396 play around with the following keys:
11397 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (22330 59913 913323 619000))
11404 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11406 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11407 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11409 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11410 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11411 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11412 C-c < forms-first-record <
11413 C-c > forms-last-record >
11414 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11415 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11416 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11417 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11418 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11419 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11420 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11421 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11422 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11423 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11425 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11427 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11428 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11432 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11433 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22330 59913
11440 ;;;;;; 983323 402000))
11441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11443 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11444 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11445 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11447 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11448 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11450 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11453 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11455 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11457 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11458 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11459 `fortran-do-indent'
11460 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11461 `fortran-if-indent'
11462 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11463 `fortran-structure-indent'
11464 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11466 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11467 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11468 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11469 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11470 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11471 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11472 nil don't change the indentation
11473 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11475 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11476 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11477 depending on the continuation format in use.
11478 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11479 indentation for a line of code.
11481 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11482 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11483 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11484 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11485 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11486 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11487 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11488 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11489 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11490 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11492 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11493 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11494 statements (default nil).
11495 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11496 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11497 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11498 `fortran-continuation-string'
11499 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11500 line (default \"$\").
11501 `fortran-comment-region'
11502 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11503 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11504 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11505 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11506 as typed (default t).
11507 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11508 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11510 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11511 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (22331 17372 87369
11519 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11521 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11522 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11524 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11525 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11527 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11529 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11530 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11532 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11533 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11535 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11537 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11538 Compile fortune file.
11540 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11541 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11543 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11545 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11546 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11548 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11549 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11550 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11551 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11553 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11555 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11556 Display a fortune cookie.
11557 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11558 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11559 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11560 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11562 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (22330 59913 913323
11568 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11570 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11571 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11572 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11574 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11575 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11576 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11578 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11579 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11581 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11582 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11584 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11585 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11586 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11587 intend to modify existing values, do
11589 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11591 before changing anything.
11593 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11594 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11596 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11597 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11598 to restore the frame.
11600 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11601 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11602 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11604 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11605 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11606 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11607 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11608 FILTER A filter function.
11610 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11611 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11613 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11617 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11618 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11619 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11620 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11621 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11622 before restoring it.
11623 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11625 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11627 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11628 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11629 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11631 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11632 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11634 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11635 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11636 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11637 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11638 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11639 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11640 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11642 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11644 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11645 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11647 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11649 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11650 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11651 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11652 If nil, check all live frames.
11654 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11656 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11657 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11658 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11659 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11660 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11661 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11662 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11663 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11664 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11665 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11666 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11668 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11670 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11671 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11673 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11674 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11675 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11676 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11677 and window-state is not restored.
11679 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11680 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11682 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11683 t All existing frames can be reused.
11684 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11685 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11686 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11687 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11689 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11690 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11691 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11692 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11693 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11694 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11695 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11696 be created from that parameter alist.
11698 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11699 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11700 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11701 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11702 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11703 - the live frame just restored,
11704 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11705 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11706 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11708 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11709 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11710 nil Keep all frames.
11711 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11712 - FRAME, a live frame.
11713 - ACTION, which can be one of
11714 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11715 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11716 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11717 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11718 Return value is ignored.
11720 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11721 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11722 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11723 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11724 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11726 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11728 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11730 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11731 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11732 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11734 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11736 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11737 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11738 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11740 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11742 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11743 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11744 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11745 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11747 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11749 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (22330 59913
11754 ;;;;;; 969323 446000))
11755 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11756 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22330 59913
11761 ;;;;;; 983323 402000))
11762 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11764 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11765 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11766 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
11767 for a description of this minor mode.")
11769 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11771 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11772 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11773 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11774 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11775 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11776 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11777 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11781 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11782 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11783 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11784 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11786 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11787 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11788 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11789 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11790 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11792 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11793 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11794 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11795 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11797 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11798 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11799 shown in some of the buffers.
11801 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11803 The following commands help control operation :
11805 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11806 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11808 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11809 detailed description of this mode.
11812 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11814 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11815 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11819 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11820 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11821 | | (comint-mode) |
11828 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11829 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11830 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11831 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11832 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11833 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11835 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (22330 59913
11840 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
11841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11843 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11844 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11845 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11846 instead (which see).")
11848 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11849 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11851 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11852 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11853 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11854 documentation string instead.
11856 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11857 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11858 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11859 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11860 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11861 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11862 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11863 enders are actually possible.
11865 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11866 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11868 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11869 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11870 `font-lock-keywords'.
11872 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11873 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11874 runs the macro expansion.
11876 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11877 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11878 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11880 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11882 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11884 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11886 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11888 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11889 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11891 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11893 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11894 Enter generic mode MODE.
11896 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11897 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11898 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11900 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11901 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11905 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11906 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11907 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11908 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11909 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11910 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11911 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11912 `font-lock-keywords'.
11914 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11916 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22330 59913
11921 ;;;;;; 983323 402000))
11922 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11924 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11925 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11926 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11927 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11928 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11929 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (22331 17372
11936 ;;;;;; 14369 544000))
11937 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11939 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11940 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11941 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11943 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11945 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11946 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11948 Guideline for numbers:
11950 3 - non-serious error messages
11951 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11952 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11953 9 - messages inside loops.
11955 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11957 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11958 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11959 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11961 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11963 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11964 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11966 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11968 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11969 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11971 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11972 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11973 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11974 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11975 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11976 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11978 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11979 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11980 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11981 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11982 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11984 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11986 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22331 17372 26369 502000))
11991 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11992 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11993 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11994 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11996 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11997 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12001 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
12003 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
12004 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
12005 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
12006 name of an NNTP server to use.
12007 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
12010 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
12012 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
12013 Read news as a slave.
12015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12017 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
12018 Pop up a frame to read news.
12019 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
12020 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
12021 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
12022 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
12023 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
12024 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
12025 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
12026 current display is used.
12028 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
12030 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
12032 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
12033 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
12034 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
12036 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
12040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (22331 17372
12041 ;;;;;; 14369 544000))
12042 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
12044 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12045 Start Gnus unplugged.
12049 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
12050 Start Gnus plugged.
12054 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12055 Read news as a slave unplugged.
12057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12059 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
12060 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12062 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12063 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12064 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12066 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12067 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12068 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12072 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
12073 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12077 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
12078 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12079 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12080 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12081 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12084 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12086 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12087 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12088 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12089 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12090 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12093 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12095 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12096 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12100 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12101 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12102 downloaded into the agent.
12104 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12106 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12107 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12108 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12109 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12111 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12113 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12114 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12118 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12119 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12123 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12124 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12125 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12127 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22331 17372
12132 ;;;;;; 16369 537000))
12133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12135 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12136 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22331
12143 ;;;;;; 17372 16369 537000))
12144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12146 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12147 Set a bookmark for this article.
12151 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12152 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12154 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12156 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12157 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12158 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12159 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12160 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (22331 17372
12167 ;;;;;; 16369 537000))
12168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12170 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12171 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12174 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12178 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12179 Generate the cache active file.
12181 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12183 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12184 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12188 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12189 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12190 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12191 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12192 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12195 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12197 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12198 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12199 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12200 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12201 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12204 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (22331 17372
12209 ;;;;;; 17369 534000))
12210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12212 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12213 Delay this article by some time.
12214 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12216 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12217 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12219 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12220 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12222 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12223 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12225 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12227 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12228 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12232 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12233 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12234 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12235 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12237 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12238 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12240 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (22331 17372
12245 ;;;;;; 17369 534000))
12246 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12248 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12251 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12253 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12256 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (22331 17372
12261 ;;;;;; 17369 534000))
12262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12264 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12265 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (22331 17372
12272 ;;;;;; 17369 534000))
12273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12275 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12276 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (22331 17372
12283 ;;;;;; 17369 534000))
12284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12286 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12287 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12289 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12291 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12293 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12294 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12296 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12300 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12301 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12305 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12306 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12308 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12309 different input formats.
12313 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12314 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12316 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12317 different input formats.
12321 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12322 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12323 The PNG is returned as a string.
12325 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12327 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12328 Convert FILE to a Face.
12329 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12332 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12334 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12335 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12337 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12341 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12342 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (22331
12349 ;;;;;; 17372 17369 534000))
12350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12352 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12353 Display gravatar in the From header.
12354 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12356 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12358 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12359 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12360 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12362 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22331 17372
12367 ;;;;;; 18369 530000))
12368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12370 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12371 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12372 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12373 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12375 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12377 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12378 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12380 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (22331 17372
12385 ;;;;;; 18369 530000))
12386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12388 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12391 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12393 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12396 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (22330 59913
12401 ;;;;;; 938323 541000))
12402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12404 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12406 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12407 Run batched scoring.
12408 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (22331 17372 19369
12416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12418 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12423 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12424 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12425 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12427 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12429 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12430 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12432 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22330 59913
12439 ;;;;;; 938323 541000))
12440 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12442 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12443 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12444 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12445 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12448 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12449 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12450 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12451 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12453 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12454 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12455 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12456 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12457 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12458 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12459 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12460 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12461 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12462 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12464 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12466 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12467 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12468 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12471 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12472 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12474 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12476 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12477 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12478 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12480 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12484 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12485 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12486 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12488 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12490 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12491 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12492 existing groups are considered.
12494 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12495 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12498 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12499 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12500 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12501 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12502 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12503 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12504 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12505 clauses will be generated.
12507 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12508 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12509 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12510 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12511 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12512 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12514 For example, given the following group parameters:
12517 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12518 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12520 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12521 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12522 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12523 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12525 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12527 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12529 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12531 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12532 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12535 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (22331 17372
12540 ;;;;;; 19369 526000))
12541 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12543 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12544 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12545 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12546 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12547 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12550 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12552 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12555 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12557 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12558 Like `message-reply'.
12560 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12562 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12567 ;;;;;; (22331 17372 19369 526000))
12568 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12570 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12571 Send a notification on new message.
12572 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12573 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12574 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12576 This is typically a function to add in
12577 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (22331 17372
12584 ;;;;;; 19369 526000))
12585 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12587 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12588 Display picons in the From header.
12589 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12593 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12594 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12595 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12599 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12600 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12601 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (22330 59913
12608 ;;;;;; 938323 541000))
12609 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12611 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12612 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12613 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12614 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12616 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12618 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12619 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12620 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12623 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12625 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12626 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12627 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12629 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12631 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12634 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12636 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12637 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12638 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12640 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12642 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12643 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12644 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12646 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12648 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12650 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12651 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12652 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12654 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12656 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12657 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12658 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12660 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12662 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12663 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12664 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12666 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12668 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12669 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12671 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22331
12676 ;;;;;; 17372 19369 526000))
12677 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12679 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12680 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12684 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12685 Install the registry hooks.
12691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22330 59913
12692 ;;;;;; 938323 541000))
12693 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12695 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12696 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12697 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12698 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12699 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12700 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12704 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12705 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12706 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12707 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12708 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12712 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (22331 17372
12720 ;;;;;; 20369 523000))
12721 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12723 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12724 Update the format specification near point.
12730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (22331 17372
12731 ;;;;;; 21369 519000))
12732 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12734 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12735 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12737 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (22331 17372
12742 ;;;;;; 24369 509000))
12743 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12745 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12746 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12747 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12749 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (22331 17372
12754 ;;;;;; 24369 509000))
12755 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12757 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12758 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12762 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12763 Install the sync hooks.
12769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (22331 17372
12770 ;;;;;; 25369 505000))
12771 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12773 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12774 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12776 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22331 17372 58369
12782 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12784 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12785 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12786 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12787 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12788 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12789 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12791 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12793 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (22330 59913 969323
12799 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12801 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12802 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12804 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12805 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12806 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12808 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12809 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12810 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12812 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12813 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12815 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12816 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12818 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12820 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (22330 59913
12825 ;;;;;; 953323 495000))
12826 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12828 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12830 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12831 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12832 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12833 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12834 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12836 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12838 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12839 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12840 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12842 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12843 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12845 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12846 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12849 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12851 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12852 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12853 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12854 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12855 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12859 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12860 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (22331 17372
12867 ;;;;;; 26369 502000))
12868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12870 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12871 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12872 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12874 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12876 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12877 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12879 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22331 17372 94369
12885 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12887 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12888 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12890 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12892 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12893 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12894 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12895 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12896 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12898 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12899 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12900 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12902 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12904 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12905 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12906 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12907 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12908 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12910 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12912 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12913 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12915 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12917 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12918 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12920 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12921 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12922 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12924 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12925 The default find program.
12926 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12929 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12930 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12931 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12932 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12934 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12935 How to invoke find and grep.
12936 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12937 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12938 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12939 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12941 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12943 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12944 History list for grep.")
12946 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12947 History list for grep-find.")
12949 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12950 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12951 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12955 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12960 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12961 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12965 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12966 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12967 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12968 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12969 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12971 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12974 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12975 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12977 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12978 can easily repeat a grep command.
12980 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12981 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12982 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12985 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12987 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12988 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12989 Collect output in a buffer.
12990 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12991 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12993 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12994 easily repeat a find command.
12996 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12998 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
13000 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
13001 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
13002 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13003 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13004 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13006 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13007 before it is executed.
13008 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
13010 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
13011 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13012 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
13014 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
13016 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13018 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
13019 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
13020 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13021 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13022 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13024 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13025 before it is executed.
13026 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
13028 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
13029 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13030 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
13031 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
13033 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
13035 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
13036 to specify a command to run.
13038 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13040 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
13041 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
13042 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
13043 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
13045 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
13047 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
13051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (22330 59913 913323 619000))
13052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
13054 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
13055 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
13056 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
13057 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
13058 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
13060 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
13064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22331 17372 95369
13066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
13068 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
13069 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13070 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
13071 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
13073 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13075 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
13076 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13077 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13078 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13080 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13082 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
13083 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13084 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13085 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13087 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13089 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
13090 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13091 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13092 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13094 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13095 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13097 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13099 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13100 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13101 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13102 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13104 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13106 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13107 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13108 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13109 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13111 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13113 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
13114 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13115 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13116 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13118 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13120 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13121 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13122 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13123 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13124 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13126 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13127 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13128 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13129 original source file access method.
13131 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13132 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13134 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13136 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13137 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13141 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13142 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13143 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
13144 for a description of this minor mode.
13145 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13146 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13147 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13149 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13151 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13152 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13153 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13154 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13155 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22330 59913 929323
13163 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13165 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13166 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13167 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13168 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13169 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13170 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13171 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13173 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13175 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13177 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13178 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13179 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13181 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13182 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13183 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13185 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13186 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13188 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13190 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13192 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13193 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13194 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13195 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13196 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13198 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13200 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13202 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13205 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13207 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13209 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13211 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13212 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13213 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13214 well for simple place forms.
13215 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13216 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13217 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13218 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13219 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13220 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13221 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13223 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13225 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13227 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13228 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13229 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13230 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13231 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13233 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13234 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13236 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13238 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13240 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13242 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13243 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13244 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13245 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13246 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13247 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13249 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13251 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13253 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13254 Return a reference to PLACE.
13255 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13256 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13257 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13260 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22330 59913
13265 ;;;;;; 969323 446000))
13266 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13268 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13269 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13270 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13271 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13273 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13274 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13275 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13276 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (22330 59913 969323
13284 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13286 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13287 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13289 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13291 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13292 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13293 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13294 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13296 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13300 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13301 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13302 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13303 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (22330 59913
13311 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
13312 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13314 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13315 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13319 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13320 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13321 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13325 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13326 Verify a hashcash payment
13328 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13330 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13331 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13332 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13333 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13334 `mail-add-payment-async').
13336 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13338 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13339 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13340 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13341 Calculation is asynchronous.
13343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13345 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13346 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13347 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (22330 59913 913323
13355 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13357 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13358 Return the help-echo string at point.
13359 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13360 property, or nil, is returned.
13361 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13362 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13363 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13365 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13367 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13368 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13369 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13370 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13371 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13375 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13376 Display local help in the echo area.
13377 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13378 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13379 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13382 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13383 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13384 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13388 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13389 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13390 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13394 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13395 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13396 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13400 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13401 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13402 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13403 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13404 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13405 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13406 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13407 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13408 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13409 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13410 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13412 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13413 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13414 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13415 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13416 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13418 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13419 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13420 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13421 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13422 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13423 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13424 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13425 The default is `never'.")
13427 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13429 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13430 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13431 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13432 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13433 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13434 considered different regions.
13436 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13437 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13438 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13439 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13440 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13441 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13442 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13443 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13444 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13446 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13448 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13449 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13450 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13451 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13454 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13455 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13456 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13457 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13458 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13459 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13460 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13461 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13463 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13464 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13465 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13466 rarely happens in practice.
13468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13470 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13471 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13472 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13473 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13474 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13475 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22331 17372 37369
13483 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13485 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13486 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13488 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13490 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13491 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13492 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13494 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13496 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13497 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13498 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13499 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13500 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13501 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13502 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13504 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13505 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13506 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13507 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13508 suitable file is found, return nil.
13510 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13512 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13515 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13517 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13518 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13519 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13520 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13522 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13524 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13525 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13526 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13527 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13528 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13529 it is displayed along with the global value.
13531 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13533 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13534 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13535 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13536 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13537 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13538 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13540 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13542 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13543 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13544 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13545 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13547 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13549 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13550 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13551 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13552 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13553 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13555 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13557 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13558 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13562 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13563 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (22330 59913 913323
13571 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13573 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13574 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13575 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13576 window listing and describing the options.
13577 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13578 gives the window that lists the options.")
13580 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (22331 17372 37369
13586 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13588 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13589 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13590 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13596 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13597 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13601 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13602 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13606 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13607 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13609 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13610 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13611 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13612 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13614 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13615 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13616 restore it properly when going back.
13618 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13620 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13621 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13622 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13623 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13625 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13626 it does not already exist.
13630 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13631 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13633 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13634 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13635 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13636 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13637 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13638 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13639 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13640 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13642 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13643 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13644 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13645 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13647 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13648 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13651 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13653 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13654 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13655 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13656 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13657 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13658 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13660 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13662 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13663 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13664 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13665 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13666 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13668 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13670 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13671 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13673 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13675 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13677 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13678 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13679 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13680 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13682 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (22330 59913
13687 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
13688 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13690 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13691 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13695 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13696 Provide help for current mode.
13702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22330 59913 913323 619000))
13703 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13705 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13706 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13707 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13708 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13709 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13711 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13712 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13714 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13715 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13716 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13717 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13719 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13720 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13723 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13728 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13729 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13730 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13731 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13732 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13733 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13734 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13735 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13736 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13737 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13738 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13739 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13740 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13741 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13742 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13744 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13745 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13746 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13748 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13751 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13753 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13754 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13755 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13757 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13758 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13759 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13761 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13762 into the buffer at the current point.
13764 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13765 into the buffer at the current point.
13767 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13768 into the buffer at the current point.
13770 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13772 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13773 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13775 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13777 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13781 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13782 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13783 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13784 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13786 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13788 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13789 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13790 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (22330 59913 739324
13798 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13800 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13801 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13802 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13803 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13804 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13806 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13807 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13808 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13809 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13811 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13812 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13813 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13814 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13816 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13817 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13818 which can be called interactively, are:
13820 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13821 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13823 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13824 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13825 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13826 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13828 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13829 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13831 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13832 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13833 available face automatically.
13835 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13836 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13838 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13839 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13840 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13841 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13842 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13843 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13844 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13845 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13846 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13847 function returns t.
13849 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13850 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13852 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13853 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13857 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13858 position (number of characters into buffer)
13859 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13860 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13861 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13865 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13866 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13867 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
13868 for a description of this minor mode.
13869 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13870 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13871 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13873 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13875 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13876 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13877 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13878 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13879 ARG is omitted or nil.
13881 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13882 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13883 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13887 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13889 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13890 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13891 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13892 Use the global history list for FACE.
13894 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13895 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13896 highlighting will not update as you type.
13898 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13900 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13902 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13903 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13904 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13905 Use the global history list for FACE.
13907 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13908 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13909 highlighting will not update as you type.
13911 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13913 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13915 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13916 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13917 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13918 Use the global history list for FACE.
13920 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13921 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13922 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13924 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13925 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13926 highlighting will not update as you type.
13928 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13930 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13932 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13933 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13934 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13935 unless you use a prefix argument.
13936 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13938 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13939 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13943 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13945 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13946 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13947 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13948 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13949 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13950 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13952 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13954 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13955 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13957 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13958 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13959 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (22330 59913
13966 ;;;;;; 983323 402000))
13967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13969 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13970 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13971 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13972 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13973 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13975 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13976 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13977 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13978 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13981 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13982 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13983 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13984 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13985 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13986 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13987 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13989 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13990 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13991 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13992 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13993 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13996 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13997 #endif lines when hiding.
13999 `hide-ifdef-initially'
14000 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
14003 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
14004 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
14005 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
14007 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
14009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22331 17372
14014 ;;;;;; 95369 256000))
14015 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
14017 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
14018 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
14019 Each element has the form
14020 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
14022 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
14023 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
14025 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
14026 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
14028 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
14029 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
14030 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
14031 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
14032 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
14033 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
14035 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
14036 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
14038 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
14039 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
14041 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
14042 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
14043 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
14045 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
14046 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
14047 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14048 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14049 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14051 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
14052 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
14053 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
14055 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
14056 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
14057 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
14059 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
14060 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
14062 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
14065 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
14067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14069 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
14070 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
14076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (22330 59913 913323
14078 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
14080 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14081 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
14082 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
14083 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
14084 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14086 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
14087 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
14088 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
14091 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
14092 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
14093 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
14094 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
14095 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
14096 through various faces.
14097 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
14098 buffer with the contents of a file
14099 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
14101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14103 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14104 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
14105 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
14106 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
14107 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14109 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
14110 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
14111 in a distinctive face.
14113 The default value can be customized with variable
14114 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
14116 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14120 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14121 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14122 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14124 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14126 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14127 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14131 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14132 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14136 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14137 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14139 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14140 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14141 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14142 shown in the last face in the list.
14144 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14145 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14146 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14148 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14152 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14153 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14155 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14157 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14160 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14161 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14163 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14164 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14165 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14167 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14169 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14170 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14172 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14173 this function is called interactively.
14175 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14176 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14177 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14179 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14180 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14181 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14183 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14185 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14186 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14187 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
14188 for a description of this minor mode.
14189 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14190 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14191 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14193 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14195 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14196 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14197 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14198 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14199 ARG is omitted or nil.
14201 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14202 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14203 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (22330 59913 913323
14211 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14212 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14214 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14215 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14216 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14217 or insert functions in this list.")
14219 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14221 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14222 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14223 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14224 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14225 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14227 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14228 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14229 undoes the expansion.
14233 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14234 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14235 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14236 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14238 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (22330 59913 913323
14244 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14246 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14247 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14249 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14250 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14252 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14253 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14254 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14255 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14256 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14257 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14259 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14260 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14261 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14262 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14266 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14267 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14268 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
14269 for a description of this minor mode.
14270 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14271 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14272 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14274 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14276 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14277 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14278 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14279 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14280 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14282 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14283 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14286 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14287 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22330 59913
14294 ;;;;;; 920323 597000))
14295 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14297 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14298 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14299 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14301 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14303 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14305 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14307 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14309 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14311 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14313 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14315 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14317 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14319 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14321 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14322 User defined holidays.
14323 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14325 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14327 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14329 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14331 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14333 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14335 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14337 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14338 Christian holidays.
14339 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14341 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14343 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14345 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14347 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14349 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14351 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14353 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14354 Bahá’à holidays.
14355 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14357 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14359 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14361 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14362 Sun-related holidays.
14363 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14365 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14367 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14369 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14371 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14372 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14373 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14374 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14378 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14379 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14380 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14381 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14382 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14384 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14385 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14387 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14388 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14390 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14391 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14392 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14393 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14396 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14398 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14400 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (22331 17372
14405 ;;;;;; 26369 502000))
14406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14408 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14409 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22331 17372
14416 ;;;;;; 38369 459000))
14417 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14418 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14420 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14421 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14422 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14423 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14426 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14427 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14430 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14431 characters such as ^L (
\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14433 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14434 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14435 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14437 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14439 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14440 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14441 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14443 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14445 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (22330 59913 913323
14451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14453 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14454 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14456 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14457 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14458 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14460 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14461 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14462 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14463 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14464 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14465 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14467 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14468 title of the column.
14470 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14471 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14472 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14473 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14474 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14476 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14478 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14480 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14481 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14482 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14483 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14484 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14486 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14487 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14488 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14490 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14492 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14494 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14496 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14497 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14498 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14499 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14500 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14501 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14503 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14504 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14505 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14506 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14507 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14508 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14509 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14510 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14512 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14513 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14514 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14515 buffer's modification flag.
14516 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14517 prompted before performing this operation.
14518 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14519 operation is complete, in the form:
14520 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14521 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14522 confirmation message, in the form:
14523 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14524 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14525 macro for exactly what it does.
14527 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14529 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14531 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14533 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14534 Define a filter named NAME.
14535 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14536 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14537 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14539 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14540 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14541 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14542 bound to the current value of the filter.
14544 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14546 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14548 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22331 17372 39369 455000))
14553 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14555 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14556 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14557 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14558 buffers which are visiting a file.
14560 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14562 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14563 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14564 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14565 buffers which are visiting a file.
14567 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14569 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14570 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14571 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14573 All arguments are optional.
14574 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14575 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14576 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14577 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14578 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14579 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14580 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14581 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14582 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14583 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14584 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14585 that value locally in this buffer.
14587 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22330
14592 ;;;;;; 59913 920323 597000))
14593 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14594 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14596 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14597 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14598 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14599 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14601 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14603 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14604 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14605 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14606 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14608 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14609 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14610 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14612 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14614 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14615 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14616 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14617 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14618 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14619 non-marking or not.
14621 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14623 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14624 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14626 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14627 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14630 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14631 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14632 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14634 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14637 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14638 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14639 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14641 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (22331 17372 39369
14647 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14649 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14650 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14651 See the `icomplete-mode' command
14652 for a description of this minor mode.
14653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14654 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14655 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14657 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14659 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14660 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14662 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14663 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14665 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14666 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14667 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14668 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14670 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14671 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14673 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14676 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14679 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14680 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14681 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14682 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (22330 59913 983323
14688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14690 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14691 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14692 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14693 Tab indents for Icon code.
14694 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14695 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14697 Variables controlling indentation style:
14698 icon-tab-always-indent
14699 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14700 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14702 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14703 inserted in Icon code.
14705 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14706 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14707 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14708 icon-continued-statement-offset
14709 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14710 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14711 icon-continued-brace-offset
14712 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14713 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14715 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14716 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14717 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14718 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14720 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14721 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22330
14728 ;;;;;; 59913 984323 399000))
14729 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14731 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14732 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14733 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14734 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14736 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14737 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14740 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14741 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14743 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14744 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14745 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14747 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14749 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22330 59913
14754 ;;;;;; 984323 399000))
14755 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14756 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14758 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14759 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14761 The main features of this mode are
14763 1. Indentation and Formatting
14764 --------------------------
14765 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14766 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14768 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14769 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14770 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14771 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14773 Comments are indented as follows:
14775 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14776 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14777 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14779 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14781 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14782 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14783 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14784 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14785 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14786 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14788 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14789 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14790 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14791 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14795 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14796 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14797 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14798 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14799 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14800 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14801 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14802 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14803 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14804 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14809 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14810 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14811 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14812 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14816 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14817 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14818 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14819 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14820 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14823 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14824 --------------------------------
14825 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14826 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14828 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14829 \\fu FUNCTION template
14830 \\c CASE statement template
14831 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14832 \\f FOR loop template
14833 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14834 \\w WHILE loop template
14835 \\i IF statement template
14836 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14839 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14840 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14842 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14843 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14844 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14845 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14847 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14848 -------------------------
14849 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14850 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14852 7. Automatic END completion
14853 ------------------------
14854 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14855 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14859 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14860 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14862 9. Documentation and Customization
14863 -------------------------------
14864 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14865 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14866 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14867 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14868 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14869 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14873 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14874 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14875 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14877 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22330 59913 913323 619000))
14884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14886 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14887 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14888 The following values are possible:
14889 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14891 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14892 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14893 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14896 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14898 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14900 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14901 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14902 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14903 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14904 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14905 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14906 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14907 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14908 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14912 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14913 Switch to another buffer.
14914 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14915 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14918 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14919 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14920 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14921 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14922 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14924 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14925 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14927 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14929 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14930 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14931 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14932 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14933 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14934 in a separate window.
14935 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14936 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14937 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14938 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14939 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14940 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14941 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14942 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14943 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14947 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14948 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14949 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14950 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14954 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14955 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14956 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14957 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14961 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14963 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14964 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14968 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14969 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14970 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14971 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14975 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14976 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14977 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14978 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14982 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14983 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14987 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14988 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14989 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14990 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14993 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14994 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14995 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14996 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14997 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14998 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
15000 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
15001 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
15003 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
15005 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
15006 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
15007 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
15008 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
15009 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
15010 in a separate window.
15011 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
15012 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
15013 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
15014 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
15015 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
15016 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
15017 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
15018 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
15019 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
15020 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
15021 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
15022 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
15023 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
15024 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
15025 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
15026 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
15027 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
15028 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
15032 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
15033 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15034 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15035 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15039 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
15040 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15041 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15042 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15046 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
15047 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
15048 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15049 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15053 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
15054 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
15055 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15056 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15060 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
15061 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
15062 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15063 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15067 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
15068 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
15069 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15070 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15074 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
15075 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
15076 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15077 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15081 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
15082 Write current buffer to a file.
15083 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15084 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15088 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15089 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15090 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15091 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15095 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15096 Call `dired' the Ido way.
15097 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15098 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15102 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15103 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15104 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15105 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15106 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15107 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15109 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15111 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15112 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15113 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15114 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15116 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15118 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15119 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15120 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15121 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15123 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15125 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15126 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15127 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15128 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15129 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15130 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15131 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15132 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15133 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15134 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15135 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15136 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15137 with point positioned at the end.
15138 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15139 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15141 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22330 59913 913323 619000))
15146 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15148 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15149 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15150 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15151 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (22330 59913 913323 619000))
15158 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15160 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15162 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15163 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15164 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15165 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15166 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15167 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22331 17372 40369 452000))
15174 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15176 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15177 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15178 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15181 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15183 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15184 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15185 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15190 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15191 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15192 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15195 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15197 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15198 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15199 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15202 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15204 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15205 Determine and return image type.
15206 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15207 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15208 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15209 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15210 use its file extension as image type.
15211 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15213 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15215 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15216 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15217 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15219 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15221 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15222 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15223 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15225 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15226 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15227 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15228 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15233 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15235 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15236 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15237 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15238 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15239 use its file extension as image type.
15240 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15241 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15242 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15243 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15245 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15247 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15248 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15249 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15251 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15253 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15254 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15255 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15256 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15257 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15258 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15259 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15260 POS may be an integer or marker.
15261 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15262 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15263 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15264 means display it in the right marginal area.
15266 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15268 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15269 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15270 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15271 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15272 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15273 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15274 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15275 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15276 means display it in the right marginal area.
15277 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15278 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15279 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15280 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15281 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15283 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15285 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15286 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15287 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15288 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15289 STRING is a single space.
15290 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15291 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15292 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15293 means display it in the right marginal area.
15294 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15296 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15298 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15299 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15300 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15301 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15303 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15305 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15306 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15308 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15310 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15311 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15312 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15313 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15314 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15315 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15316 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15317 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15320 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15322 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15324 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15326 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15327 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15329 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15330 documentation string.
15332 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15333 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15334 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15335 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15336 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15337 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15338 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15343 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15344 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15346 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15348 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15350 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15351 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15352 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15353 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15355 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15356 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15357 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15358 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15360 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22331 17372
15367 ;;;;;; 39369 455000))
15368 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15369 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15371 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15372 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15373 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15374 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15375 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15376 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15380 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15381 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15383 Convenience command that:
15385 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15386 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15387 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15389 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15390 image files in dired and type
15391 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15393 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15395 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15396 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15398 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15400 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15401 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15402 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15403 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15404 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15407 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15408 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15409 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15411 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15412 instead of erasing it first.
15414 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15415 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15416 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15417 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15418 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15419 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15421 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15423 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15424 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15425 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15426 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15431 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15433 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15435 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15436 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15440 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15441 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15442 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15446 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15447 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15451 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15452 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15453 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15454 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15458 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15459 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15463 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15464 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15468 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15469 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15473 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15474 Display current image file.
15475 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15476 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15480 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15481 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15485 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15486 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15487 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15488 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15489 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15490 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15491 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15495 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15496 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15497 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (22330 59913 913323
15506 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15508 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15509 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15510 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15511 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15513 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15514 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15515 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15516 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15518 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15520 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15521 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15522 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15523 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15525 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15526 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15527 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15528 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15530 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15532 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15533 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15537 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15538 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15539 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15540 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15542 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15544 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15545 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15546 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
15547 for a description of this minor mode.
15548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15549 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15550 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15552 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15554 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15555 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15556 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15557 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15558 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15560 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15561 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15562 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (22331 17372 40369
15570 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15572 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15573 Major mode for image files.
15574 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15575 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15582 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15583 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15588 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15589 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15594 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15595 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15596 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15597 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15598 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15599 to display an image file as the actual image.
15601 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15602 to display an image file as text initially.
15604 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15609 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15612 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (22330 59913 739324 156000))
15617 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15619 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15620 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15622 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15624 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15625 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15628 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15630 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15631 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15632 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15634 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15636 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15637 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15638 Each element of this list should have the form
15640 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15642 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15643 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15644 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15646 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15647 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15648 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15649 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15651 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15652 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15654 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15655 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15656 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15659 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15660 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15661 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15663 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15664 create a buffer index.
15666 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15667 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15668 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15669 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15670 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15672 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15674 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15675 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15677 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15678 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15679 called within a `save-excursion'.
15681 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15683 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15685 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15686 Function for finding the next index position.
15688 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15689 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15690 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15693 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15694 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15696 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15698 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15699 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15701 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15702 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15703 It should return the name for that index item.")
15705 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15707 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15708 Function to compare string with index item.
15710 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15711 non-nil if they match.
15713 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15714 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15715 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15716 arguments match\".")
15718 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15720 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15721 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15722 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15724 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15725 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15727 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15729 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15731 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15732 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15733 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15734 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15738 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15739 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15741 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15745 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15746 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15747 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15748 for more information.
15750 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (22330 59913
15755 ;;;;;; 941323 532000))
15756 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15758 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15759 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15761 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15763 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15766 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15768 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15771 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15773 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15776 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15778 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15779 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15781 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22330 59913
15786 ;;;;;; 984323 399000))
15787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15789 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15790 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15791 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15793 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15794 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15795 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15796 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15800 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22331 17372 41369 448000))
15805 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15807 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15808 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15809 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15810 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15811 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15812 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15813 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15814 first in this list.
15816 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15817 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15818 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15819 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15820 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15822 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15823 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15824 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15826 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15827 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15829 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15830 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15832 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15833 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15834 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15835 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15836 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15837 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15838 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15839 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15840 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15841 with the top-level Info directory.
15843 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15844 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15846 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15848 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15849 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15850 in all the directories in that path.
15852 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15854 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15856 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15857 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15861 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15862 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15866 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15867 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15868 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15869 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15873 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15874 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15875 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15876 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15878 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15880 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15881 Go to the Info directory node.
15885 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15886 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15887 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15888 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15889 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15890 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15892 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15894 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15895 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15896 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15898 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15900 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15901 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15902 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15903 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15904 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15906 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15908 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15909 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15910 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15911 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15912 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15914 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15915 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15917 Selecting other nodes:
15918 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15919 Follow a node reference you click on.
15920 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15921 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15922 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15923 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15924 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15925 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15926 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15927 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15928 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15929 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15930 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15931 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15932 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15933 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15934 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15935 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15936 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15937 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15938 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15939 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15941 Moving within a node:
15942 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15943 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15944 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15945 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15946 move up to the parent node.
15947 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15948 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15950 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15953 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15954 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15955 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15956 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15957 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15958 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15959 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15960 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15961 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15962 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15963 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15964 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15965 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15966 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15967 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15968 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15971 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15973 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15974 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15975 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15976 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15977 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15978 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15980 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15981 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15983 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15984 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15986 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15987 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15988 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15989 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15993 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15994 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15995 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15999 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
16000 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
16001 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
16003 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
16005 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
16006 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
16007 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
16008 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
16009 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
16010 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
16012 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
16016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22330 59913 740324
16018 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
16020 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
16021 Throw away all cached data.
16022 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
16023 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
16027 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
16029 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
16030 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
16031 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
16032 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
16033 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
16034 one found at point.
16036 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
16038 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
16039 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
16041 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
16042 Display the documentation of a file.
16043 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
16044 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
16045 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
16046 The default file name is the one found at point.
16048 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
16050 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
16052 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
16053 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
16055 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16057 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
16058 Perform completion on file preceding point.
16060 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22330 59913 914323
16066 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
16067 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16069 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
16070 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
16071 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
16072 current info file is the default.
16074 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
16075 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
16076 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
16077 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
16078 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
16080 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
16081 validate node references within it. A message is given for
16082 missing target files once per source document. It could be
16083 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
16084 mistake in the reference.
16086 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
16087 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
16088 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
16090 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
16091 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
16092 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
16093 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
16095 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16097 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16098 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
16099 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
16100 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
16103 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
16104 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
16105 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
16106 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
16107 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
16108 should be harmless.
16112 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16113 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16114 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
16115 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
16117 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
16118 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
16119 and can take a long time.
16123 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
16124 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16125 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16127 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16129 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16130 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16132 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16133 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16134 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16135 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16138 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16139 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16140 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16141 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16144 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (22330 59913 914323
16150 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16152 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16153 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16155 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16157 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16158 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16160 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16162 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16163 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16164 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16165 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16167 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16168 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16169 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16171 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16172 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16173 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16174 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16178 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16179 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16180 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16184 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16185 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16186 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16187 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16188 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (22330 59913
16195 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
16196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16198 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16201 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16203 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16205 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (22330 59913
16210 ;;;;;; 920323 597000))
16211 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16212 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16214 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16215 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16216 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16218 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22330
16223 ;;;;;; 59913 939323 538000))
16224 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16226 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16227 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16231 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16232 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16236 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16239 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (22330 59913 914323
16245 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16246 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16248 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16249 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16250 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16251 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16252 accessed via isearchb.
16258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22330
16259 ;;;;;; 59913 939323 538000))
16260 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16262 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16263 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16264 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16265 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16266 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16268 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16270 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16271 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16272 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16273 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16274 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16276 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16278 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16279 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16280 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16281 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16282 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16284 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16286 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16287 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16288 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16289 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16290 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16292 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16294 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16295 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16296 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16297 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16298 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16300 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16302 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16303 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16304 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16305 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16306 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16308 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16310 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16311 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16312 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16313 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16314 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16316 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16318 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16319 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16320 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16321 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16323 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16325 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16326 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16327 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16328 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16330 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16332 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16333 Warn that format is read-only.
16335 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16337 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16338 Warn that format is write-only.
16340 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16342 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16343 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16350 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 939323 538000))
16351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16352 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16353 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22331 17372
16358 ;;;;;; 114369 189000))
16359 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16361 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16363 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16364 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16365 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16366 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16367 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16369 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16371 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16373 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16374 Key map for ispell menu.")
16376 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16377 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16378 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16379 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16381 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16383 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16385 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16387 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16389 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
16390 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16391 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16392 Valid forms include:
16393 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16394 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16395 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16396 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16398 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16399 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16400 First list is used raw.
16401 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16403 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16404 for skipping in latex mode.")
16406 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16407 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16408 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16409 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16410 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16411 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16412 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16414 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16415 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16416 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16417 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16419 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16420 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16421 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16422 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16423 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16425 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16426 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16428 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16429 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16431 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16432 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16434 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16435 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16438 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16439 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16440 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16441 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16442 quit spell session exited.
16444 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16446 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16447 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16448 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16450 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16452 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16453 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16457 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16458 SPC: Accept word this time.
16459 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16460 `a': Accept word for this session.
16461 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16462 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16463 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16464 `?': Show these commands.
16465 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16466 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16467 the aborted check to be completed later.
16468 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16469 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16470 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16471 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16472 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16473 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16474 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16478 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16479 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16480 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16481 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16483 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16485 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16486 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16487 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16488 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16490 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16492 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16494 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16495 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16496 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16497 amount for last line processed.
16499 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16501 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16502 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16506 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16507 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16511 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16512 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16513 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16515 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16517 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16518 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16522 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16523 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16524 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16525 sequence inside of a word.
16527 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16529 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16531 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16532 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16536 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16537 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16538 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16539 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16541 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16542 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16543 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16544 available on the net.
16548 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16549 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16550 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16551 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16552 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16554 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16555 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16558 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16559 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16562 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16563 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16567 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16568 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16569 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16570 Don't check included messages.
16572 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16573 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16574 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16576 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16578 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16579 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16580 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16581 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16583 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16584 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16585 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22330
16592 ;;;;;; 59913 941323 532000))
16593 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16595 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16600 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16601 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16602 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16603 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16604 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16605 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16606 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16607 necessary to represent OBJ.
16609 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16611 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16612 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16613 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16614 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16616 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16618 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16619 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16620 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16621 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16622 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16624 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16626 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16627 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16628 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16629 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16631 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16633 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16634 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16635 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16636 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16638 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16640 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16641 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16643 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16645 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16646 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16647 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16648 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16649 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16651 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16653 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16654 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16655 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16656 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16657 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16659 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16661 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16662 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16663 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16665 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (22330 59913 914323
16671 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16673 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16674 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16675 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16676 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16678 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16681 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16683 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16684 Uninstall jka-compr.
16685 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16686 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16687 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22331 17377 954348
16695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16696 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16698 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16699 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16703 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16704 Major mode for editing JSX.
16706 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16707 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16710 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16711 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16712 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16715 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16717 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
16722 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16723 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (22330 59913
16728 ;;;;;; 931323 563000))
16729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16731 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16732 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16733 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16734 decimal key must be specified.")
16736 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16738 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16739 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16740 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16741 decimal key must be specified.")
16743 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16745 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16746 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16747 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16748 decimal key must be specified.")
16750 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16752 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16753 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16754 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16755 decimal key must be specified.")
16757 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16759 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16760 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16761 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16762 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16763 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16767 -------------------------------------------------------------
16768 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16769 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16770 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16771 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16772 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16773 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16774 in the global and local keymaps.
16776 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16777 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16779 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (22330
16784 ;;;;;; 59913 939323 538000))
16785 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16787 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16788 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16789 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16791 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16792 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16793 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16794 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16797 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16798 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16799 the context of text formatting.
16801 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (22330 59913 940323
16807 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16809 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16810 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16811 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16812 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16813 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16814 positions that contains the current selection.")
16816 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16817 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16818 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16819 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16820 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16821 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16822 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16824 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (22331 17372 42369 445000))
16829 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16830 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16831 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16832 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16833 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16834 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16835 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16836 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16838 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16839 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16840 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16842 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16844 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16845 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16846 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16847 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16848 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16850 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16852 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16853 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16854 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16856 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16857 defining the macro.
16859 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16860 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16861 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16863 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16864 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16868 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16869 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16870 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16871 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16872 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16875 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16876 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16877 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16881 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16882 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16883 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16884 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16886 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16887 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16888 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16889 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16891 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16892 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16894 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16896 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16897 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16898 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16900 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16903 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16904 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16906 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16907 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16908 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16910 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16911 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16915 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16916 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16917 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16918 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16920 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16922 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16923 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16924 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16925 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16927 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16928 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16930 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16932 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16933 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16934 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16936 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (22330
16941 ;;;;;; 59913 941323 532000))
16942 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16944 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16945 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16946 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16948 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (22330 59913
16956 ;;;;;; 941323 532000))
16957 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16959 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16962 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16964 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16965 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16966 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16967 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16968 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16969 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16971 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16972 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16974 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16976 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16977 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16979 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16981 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16984 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16986 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16989 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (22330
16994 ;;;;;; 59913 940323 535000))
16995 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16997 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16998 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16999 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
17000 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
17002 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
17004 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17005 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
17006 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
17008 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
17010 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
17011 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
17012 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
17016 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17017 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
17018 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
17019 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
17021 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
17025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
17026 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 940323 535000))
17027 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
17029 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
17030 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
17031 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
17032 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
17033 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
17034 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
17035 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
17036 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
17038 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
17039 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
17041 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17042 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17044 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
17046 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
17047 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
17048 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
17049 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
17050 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
17051 `latin1-display-setup'.
17053 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
17055 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
17056 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
17057 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
17058 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
17060 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17061 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17063 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
17067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (22330
17068 ;;;;;; 59913 984323 399000))
17069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17071 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17072 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (22331
17079 ;;;;;; 17371 995369 612000))
17080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
17081 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
17083 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
17084 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
17085 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
17086 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
17088 For instance, the following code
17091 (if (and .title .body)
17096 essentially expands to
17098 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
17099 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
17100 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
17101 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
17102 (if (and .title .body)
17107 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
17108 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
17109 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
17110 displayed in the example above.
17112 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
17114 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
17118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (22330 59913 969323 446000))
17119 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17121 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17122 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17123 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17124 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17125 generations (this defaults to 1).
17127 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (22331 17372 49369 420000))
17132 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17133 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17135 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17136 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17137 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17138 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17139 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17141 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17145 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17146 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
17147 See the `global-linum-mode' command
17148 for a description of this minor mode.
17149 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17150 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17151 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17153 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17155 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17156 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17157 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17158 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17159 ARG is omitted or nil.
17161 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17162 `linum-on' would do it.
17163 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22330 59913 914323
17171 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17173 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17174 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17175 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17176 is nil, raise an error.
17178 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17179 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17180 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17181 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17182 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17183 defined by the library.
17185 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17186 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17187 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17188 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17189 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17192 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17193 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17194 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17195 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17197 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
17202 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17204 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17205 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17206 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17208 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17210 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17211 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17212 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17213 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17215 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17216 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17217 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17218 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17219 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17220 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17223 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17224 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17226 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17227 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17229 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17230 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17232 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17234 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17235 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17236 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17237 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17238 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17239 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17240 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17241 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17242 to constrain a big search.
17244 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17246 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17247 except that FILTER is not optional.
17249 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22330 59914 9323
17255 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17257 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17258 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17259 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17260 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17261 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17262 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17263 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17264 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17265 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17266 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17268 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17269 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17271 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17272 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17273 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17274 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17275 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17277 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17278 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17279 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17281 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (22330 59914 8323
17287 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17289 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17290 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22331 17372 50369 416000))
17297 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17299 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17300 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17302 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17303 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17305 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17306 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17307 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17309 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17310 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17312 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17313 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17314 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17315 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17316 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17317 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17318 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17320 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17322 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17323 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17324 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17325 switch on this list.
17326 See `lpr-command'.")
17328 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17330 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17331 Name of program for printing a file.
17333 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17334 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17335 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17336 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17337 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17338 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17341 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17343 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17344 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17345 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17346 for customization of the printer command.
17350 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17351 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17353 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17354 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17355 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17356 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17358 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17359 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17361 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17362 for further customization of the printer command.
17366 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17367 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17368 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17369 for customization of the printer command.
17371 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17373 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17374 Paginate and print the region contents.
17376 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17377 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17378 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17379 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17381 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17382 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17384 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17385 for further customization of the printer command.
17387 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (22331 17372 50369 416000))
17392 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17394 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17395 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17396 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17398 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (22330 59913 920323
17404 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17406 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17407 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17408 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17409 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22330 59913
17416 ;;;;;; 984323 399000))
17417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17419 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17420 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
17427 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17429 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17430 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17431 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17432 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17433 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17435 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17437 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17438 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17439 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17440 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17441 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17443 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17444 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17445 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17446 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17449 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17450 use this command, and then save the file.
17452 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17454 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17455 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17456 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17457 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17458 each time the macro executes.
17459 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17460 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17461 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17462 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17463 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17464 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17465 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17469 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17470 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17471 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17472 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17474 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17475 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17476 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17479 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17480 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17482 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17483 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17484 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17485 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17486 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17488 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17491 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17492 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17493 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17495 You could enter the names in this format:
17501 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17504 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17507 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17508 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17510 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17511 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22331 17372
17516 ;;;;;; 51369 413000))
17517 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17519 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17520 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17521 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17522 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17523 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17524 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17526 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17527 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17528 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17529 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17530 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17532 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17533 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17534 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17537 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17539 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17540 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17542 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (22330 59913
17547 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
17548 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17550 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17551 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17555 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17560 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17561 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17563 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17565 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17566 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17567 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17570 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (22330 59913
17577 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
17578 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17580 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17581 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17582 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17583 often correct parser.")
17585 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17587 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17588 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17589 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17590 a value which excludes your own email address.
17592 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17593 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17595 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17597 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17598 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17600 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17602 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17603 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17604 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17605 we return it unconverted.
17607 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17608 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17610 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17612 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17613 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17614 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17615 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17617 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17619 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17620 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17621 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17622 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17624 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17626 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17627 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17628 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17629 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17630 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17631 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17632 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17633 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17634 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17637 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17639 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17640 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17641 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17642 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17643 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17644 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17645 matches may be returned from the message body.
17647 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (22330 59913
17652 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
17653 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17655 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17656 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17657 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
17658 for a description of this minor mode.
17659 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17660 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17661 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17663 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17665 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17666 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17667 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17668 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17669 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17671 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17672 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17673 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17674 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17678 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17679 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17683 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17684 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17685 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17687 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17689 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17690 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17691 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17693 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17694 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17695 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17698 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (22330 59913
17703 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
17704 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17706 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17707 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17708 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17710 If `parens', they look like:
17711 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17712 If `angles', they look like:
17713 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17715 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17717 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17718 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17719 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17720 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17721 their `Resent-' variants.
17723 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17724 removed from alias expansions.
17726 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17728 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17729 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17730 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17732 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17733 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17734 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17735 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17737 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17739 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17740 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17741 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17745 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17746 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17747 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17748 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17752 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22330 59913
17757 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
17758 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17760 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17761 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17762 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17763 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22330
17770 ;;;;;; 59913 984323 399000))
17771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17773 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17774 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17776 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17777 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17778 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17779 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17780 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17781 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17783 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17784 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17785 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17786 dependency, despite the colon.
17788 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17790 In the browser, use the following keys:
17792 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17794 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17796 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17797 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17799 `makefile-target-colon':
17800 The string that gets appended to all target names
17801 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17802 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17804 `makefile-macro-assign':
17805 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17806 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17807 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17808 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17809 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17810 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17812 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17813 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17814 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17816 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17817 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17819 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17820 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17821 up or down in the browser.
17823 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17824 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17826 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17827 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17829 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17830 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17831 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17832 has been selected in the browser.
17834 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17835 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17836 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17837 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17838 filenames are omitted.
17840 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17841 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17842 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17843 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17844 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17845 the backslash itself intact.
17846 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17847 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17849 `makefile-browser-hook':
17850 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17851 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17853 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17854 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17855 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17856 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17860 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17861 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17865 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17866 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17870 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17871 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17875 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17876 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17880 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17881 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (22330 59913 914323
17889 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17891 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17892 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17893 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22330 59913 741324 150000))
17900 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17902 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17904 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17905 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17906 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17907 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17908 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17909 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17910 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17911 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17912 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17913 without running the man command.
17915 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17916 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17917 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17922 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17923 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17924 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17925 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17929 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17930 otherwise look like a page name.
17935 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17936 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17937 \"grep -E\" style regexp.
17941 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17943 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17944 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17946 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17948 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17949 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17951 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22330 59913 930323
17957 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17958 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
17963 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17964 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17966 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17967 Toggle Master mode.
17968 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17969 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17970 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17972 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17973 using the following commands:
17975 \\{master-mode-map}
17977 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17978 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17979 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (22330 59913 914323
17987 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17989 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17990 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17991 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
17992 for a description of this minor mode.
17993 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17994 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17995 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17997 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17999 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
18000 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
18001 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
18002 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18003 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18005 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
18006 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
18007 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
18008 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
18010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
18015 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
18016 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22331 17372 28369
18022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
18024 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
18026 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
18027 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
18028 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
18029 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
18030 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
18031 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
18032 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
18033 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
18034 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
18035 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
18036 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
18037 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
18038 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
18039 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
18040 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
18041 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
18042 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
18043 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
18044 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
18045 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
18046 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
18047 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
18048 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
18049 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
18050 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
18051 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
18052 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
18053 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
18054 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
18055 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
18056 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
18057 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
18058 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
18059 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
18060 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
18061 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
18062 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
18063 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
18067 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
18068 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18069 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18070 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18071 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18073 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
18075 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
18076 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18078 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18080 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18081 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18083 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
18085 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18086 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18088 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18090 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18091 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18092 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18094 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18096 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18097 Cancel an article you posted.
18098 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18102 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18103 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18104 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18105 header line with the old Message-ID.
18109 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18110 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18114 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18115 Forward the current message via mail.
18116 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18117 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18119 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18121 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18124 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18126 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18129 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18131 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18132 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18136 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18137 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18139 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18141 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18142 Re-mail the current message.
18143 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18144 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18149 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18150 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18152 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18154 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18155 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18157 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18159 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18160 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18162 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18164 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18165 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18167 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18169 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18170 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18171 Works by overstriking characters.
18172 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18173 which specify the range to operate on.
18175 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18177 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18178 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18179 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18180 which specify the range to operate on.
18182 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (22330
18187 ;;;;;; 59913 984323 399000))
18188 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18189 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18191 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18192 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18196 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18197 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (22330 59913
18204 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
18205 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18207 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18208 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18209 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18213 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18214 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18215 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18216 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18217 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18218 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18219 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18221 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18223 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18224 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18225 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18226 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18227 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18229 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18230 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18232 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18234 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18235 Process current region through `metamail'.
18236 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18237 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18238 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18240 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18241 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18243 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22331 17372 56369
18249 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18251 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18252 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18253 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18257 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18258 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18259 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18263 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18264 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18266 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18267 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18268 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18270 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18271 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18273 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18274 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18276 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18278 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18280 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18281 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18282 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18283 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18284 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18287 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18288 initial Subject field, respectively.
18290 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18291 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18294 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18295 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18297 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18299 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18300 Save draft and send message.
18302 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18303 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18304 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18307 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18308 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18309 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18311 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18312 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18313 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18314 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18315 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18316 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18318 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18319 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18321 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18322 message and scan line.
18324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18326 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18327 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18329 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18330 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18331 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18332 delete the draft message.
18338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22331 17372 56369 395000))
18339 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18340 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18342 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18344 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18346 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18348 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18349 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22330 59913
18356 ;;;;;; 949323 508000))
18357 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18359 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18360 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18361 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18363 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18364 the MH mail system.
18366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18368 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18369 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18370 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18372 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18373 the MH mail system.
18375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18377 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18378 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18380 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18381 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18382 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18385 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18386 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18387 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18390 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18394 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18395 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18396 can be used in several ways.
18398 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18399 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18400 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18401 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18405 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18406 The range must be nonempty.
18411 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18412 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18419 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18422 All of the messages.
18424 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18425 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18427 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18428 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18429 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18431 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (22330 59913 914323
18439 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18441 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18442 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18443 See the `midnight-mode' command
18444 for a description of this minor mode.
18445 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18446 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18447 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18449 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18451 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18452 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18456 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18457 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18458 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18459 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18460 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18461 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18462 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18463 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18464 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18465 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18466 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18470 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18471 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18472 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18473 to its second argument TM.
18475 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (22330 59913
18480 ;;;;;; 914323 615000))
18481 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18483 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18484 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18485 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
18486 for a description of this minor mode.
18487 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18488 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18489 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18491 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18493 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18494 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18495 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18496 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18497 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18499 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18500 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18501 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18502 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18503 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18504 is modified to remove the default indication.
18506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
18511 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18513 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18514 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18515 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18516 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18517 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18518 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18519 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18520 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18521 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18525 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18526 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18527 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18528 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18529 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18530 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18531 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18532 The return value is always nil.
18534 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (22330 59913 914323
18540 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18541 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18543 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18544 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18546 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18547 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18548 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18551 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18552 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18553 end of the search space).
18555 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18556 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18557 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18558 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18559 should return the previous buffer to search.
18561 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18562 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18563 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18565 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18566 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18567 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18570 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18571 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18572 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18574 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18575 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18576 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18578 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18579 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18581 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18582 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18583 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18587 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18588 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18589 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18590 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18591 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18592 whose names match the specified regexp.
18594 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18596 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18597 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18598 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18599 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18600 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18601 whose names match the specified regexp.
18603 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18605 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18606 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18607 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18608 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18609 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18610 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18611 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18613 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18615 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18616 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18617 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18618 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18619 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18620 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18621 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18623 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (22330
18628 ;;;;;; 59913 984323 399000))
18629 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18630 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18632 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18633 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (22330 59913
18640 ;;;;;; 939323 538000))
18641 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18643 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18644 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18646 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (22330 59913
18651 ;;;;;; 939323 538000))
18652 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18654 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18655 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18657 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18659 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18660 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18661 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18662 the entire message.
18663 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18665 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (22331 17372
18670 ;;;;;; 28369 494000))
18671 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18673 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18674 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18675 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18676 the entire message.
18677 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18679 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (22331 17372 28369
18685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18687 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18688 Insert file contents of URL.
18689 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18691 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18693 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18694 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18696 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22331 17372 29369
18702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18704 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18705 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18706 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18707 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18708 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18710 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18712 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18713 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18714 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18716 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (22331 17372 30369 487000))
18721 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18723 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18724 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18728 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18729 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18730 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18731 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18732 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18734 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18735 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18736 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18737 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18738 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18739 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18741 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (22331 17372 30369
18747 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18749 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18752 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18754 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18757 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (22331 17372 30369
18763 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18765 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18768 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18770 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18773 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18775 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18778 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18780 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18783 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18785 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18788 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18790 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18793 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18795 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22330 59913
18803 ;;;;;; 920323 597000))
18804 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18806 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (22330 59913
18811 ;;;;;; 984323 399000))
18812 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18814 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18816 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18817 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18818 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18819 followed by the first character of the construct.
18821 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18822 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18823 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18824 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18825 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18826 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18827 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18828 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18829 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18830 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18831 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18832 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18833 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18836 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18837 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18838 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22330 59913 969323
18846 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18848 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18849 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18851 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18853 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18854 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18856 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18858 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18859 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18861 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18863 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18864 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18866 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (22330 59913 914323
18872 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18874 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18875 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18877 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18878 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18879 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18881 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18882 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18883 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18885 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18886 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18888 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18889 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18890 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18891 hemisphere you're in.)
18893 To test this function, evaluate:
18894 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18896 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18898 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18899 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18901 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18902 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18904 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18905 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18906 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18908 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18909 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18911 To test this function, evaluate:
18912 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18914 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22331 17372 57369 391000))
18919 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18921 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18922 Main entry point for MPC.
18928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (22330 59913 969323 446000))
18929 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18931 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18932 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
18939 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18941 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18942 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18943 See the `msb-mode' command
18944 for a description of this minor mode.
18945 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18946 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18947 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18949 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18951 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18953 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18954 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18955 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18957 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18958 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (22330
18965 ;;;;;; 59913 940323 535000))
18966 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18968 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18969 Display a list of all character sets.
18971 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18972 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18973 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18974 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18975 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18977 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18978 but still shows the full information.
18982 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18983 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18984 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18986 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18987 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18988 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18989 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18990 meanings of these arguments.
18992 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18994 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18995 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18997 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18999 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
19000 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
19002 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
19004 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19005 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
19007 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
19009 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
19010 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
19012 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
19013 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
19015 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19016 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19017 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
19018 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
19019 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
19020 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
19021 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19022 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19023 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19024 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19025 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
19026 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
19027 `default-process-coding-system' for read
19028 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
19029 `default-process-coding-system' for write
19030 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
19034 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19035 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
19039 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
19040 Display a list of all coding systems.
19041 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
19043 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
19044 but still contains full information about each coding system.
19046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19048 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
19049 Display a list of all coding categories.
19053 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
19054 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
19055 The font must be already used by Emacs.
19057 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
19059 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
19060 Display information about FONTSET.
19061 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
19063 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
19065 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
19066 Display a list of all fontsets.
19067 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
19068 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
19069 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
19073 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
19074 Display information about all input methods.
19078 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
19079 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
19081 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
19082 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
19083 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
19084 system which uses fontsets).
19088 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
19089 Show log of font listing and opening.
19090 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
19091 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
19093 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
19097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22330
19098 ;;;;;; 59913 940323 535000))
19099 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19101 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19102 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19104 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19105 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19107 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19108 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19110 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19112 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19113 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19114 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19115 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19116 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19117 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19118 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19120 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19121 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19122 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19123 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19124 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19125 middle of a character in STR.
19127 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19128 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19130 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19131 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19132 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19133 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19134 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19136 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19138 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19139 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19141 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19142 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19143 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19145 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19146 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19147 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19149 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19150 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19151 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19153 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19154 longer than KEYSEQ.
19155 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19157 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19159 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19160 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19161 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19162 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19163 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19164 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19165 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19166 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19167 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19168 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19169 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19171 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19173 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19174 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19176 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19178 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19179 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19181 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19183 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19184 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19186 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19188 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19189 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19191 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19193 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19194 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19195 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19196 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19197 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19199 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19200 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19202 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19203 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19204 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19205 coding systems ordered by priority.
19207 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19209 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19211 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19212 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19213 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19214 language environment LANG-ENV.
19216 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19218 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19219 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19220 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19221 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19222 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19223 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19225 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19227 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19228 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19229 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19230 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19231 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19233 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19235 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19236 part of the file/buffer.
19237 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19239 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19241 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19242 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19243 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19244 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19245 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19247 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19249 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19250 part of the file/buffer.
19251 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19253 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22331 17372
19258 ;;;;;; 58369 388000))
19259 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19261 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19262 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19266 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19267 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19271 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19272 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19276 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19277 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19281 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19282 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19286 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19287 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19289 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19291 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19293 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19294 `ping-program-options'.
19298 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19299 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19303 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19304 Run nslookup program.
19308 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19309 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19313 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19318 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19323 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19324 Finger USER on HOST.
19326 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19328 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19329 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19330 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19331 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19333 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19335 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19340 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19341 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19343 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19345 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19346 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19348 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (22330 59913 953323
19354 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19356 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19357 Return a user name/password pair.
19358 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19359 listed in the PORTS list.
19361 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (22331
19366 ;;;;;; 17372 58369 388000))
19367 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19369 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19370 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19371 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19372 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19373 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19376 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19378 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19379 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19380 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19381 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19382 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19383 a port number to connect to.
19385 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19388 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19390 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19391 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19392 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19393 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19394 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19395 an unencrypted connection.
19396 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19397 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19398 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19399 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19400 returned object is a killed process.
19401 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19402 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19403 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19405 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19406 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19407 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19408 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19409 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19410 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19411 or nil if none could be found.
19412 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19413 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19415 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19417 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19418 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19419 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19421 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19422 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19423 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19425 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19426 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19427 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19429 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19430 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19431 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19432 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19434 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19435 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19437 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19438 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19439 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19440 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19441 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19442 or STARTTLS connections.
19444 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19445 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19447 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19448 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19450 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19451 a greeting from the server.
19453 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19454 asynchronously, if possible.
19456 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19458 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22331
19463 ;;;;;; 17372 59369 384000))
19464 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19466 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19467 Check whether newsticker is running.
19468 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19469 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19473 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19474 Start the newsticker.
19475 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19476 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19477 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19478 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19480 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19485 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 953323 495000))
19486 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19488 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19489 Start newsticker plainview.
19495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22330
19496 ;;;;;; 59913 953323 495000))
19497 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19499 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19500 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (22330
19507 ;;;;;; 59913 953323 495000))
19508 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19510 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19511 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19512 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19513 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19518 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19519 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19520 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22330
19528 ;;;;;; 59913 953323 495000))
19529 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19531 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19532 Start newsticker treeview.
19538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (22331 17372 30369
19540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19542 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19543 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19545 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22331 17372 31369
19551 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19553 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19554 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19555 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19556 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19557 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19558 symbol in the alist.
19560 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (22331 17372
19565 ;;;;;; 31369 484000))
19566 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19568 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19569 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19570 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22331 17372 33369 477000))
19577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19579 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19580 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19582 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
19587 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19589 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19591 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19592 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19593 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19595 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19598 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19600 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19601 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19602 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19603 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19604 to future sessions.
19606 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19608 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19609 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19610 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19611 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19614 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (22330
19619 ;;;;;; 59913 990323 381000))
19620 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19622 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19623 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19625 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19626 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19627 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22330 59913 953323 495000))
19634 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19635 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (22331 17372
19640 ;;;;;; 65369 363000))
19641 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19643 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19644 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19645 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19646 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19648 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22331 17372
19653 ;;;;;; 65369 363000))
19654 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19656 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19657 Major mode for editing XML.
19659 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19660 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19661 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19662 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19663 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19664 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19665 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19667 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19669 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19670 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19672 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19673 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19674 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19675 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19678 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19679 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19680 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19681 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19682 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19683 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19685 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19686 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19687 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19689 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19690 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19691 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19693 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19694 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19695 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19696 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19697 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19698 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19699 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19700 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19701 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19703 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19705 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19706 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19709 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (22331 17372
19714 ;;;;;; 66369 359000))
19715 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19717 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19718 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19719 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19720 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22330 59913
19727 ;;;;;; 985323 396000))
19728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19730 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19731 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19733 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19734 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19735 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19736 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19738 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19741 \\{octave-mode-map}
19745 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19746 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19747 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19749 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19751 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19752 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19754 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19755 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19756 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19760 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (22330 59913
19765 ;;;;;; 985323 396000))
19766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19768 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19770 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19771 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19772 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19773 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19774 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19776 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19780 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19781 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19782 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19783 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19784 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19785 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19786 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19787 Directories to search when finding external units.
19788 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19789 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19793 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19794 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22331 17372 87369 285000))
19801 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19803 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19804 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19806 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19808 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19809 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19810 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19811 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19812 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19813 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19815 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19817 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19818 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19819 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19820 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19821 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19823 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19825 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19826 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19830 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19831 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19835 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19836 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19837 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19839 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19840 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19841 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19842 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19843 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19844 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19845 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19846 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19847 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19848 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19850 The following commands are available:
19856 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19857 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19859 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19860 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19861 in special contexts.
19863 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19864 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19865 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19866 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19867 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19868 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19869 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19870 properties in the buffer.
19871 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19872 including any drawers.
19874 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19876 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19877 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19878 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19879 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19880 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19881 and zoom in further.
19882 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19883 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19885 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19886 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19887 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19888 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19889 times right after creating a new headline.
19891 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19892 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19893 is negative, go up that many levels.
19895 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19896 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19897 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19899 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19900 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19901 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19902 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19906 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19907 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19908 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19909 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19912 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19914 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19915 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19916 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19917 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19918 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19919 defined by Org-mode).
19921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19923 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19924 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19928 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19929 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19933 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19934 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19935 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19936 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19939 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19941 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19942 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19943 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19944 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19946 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19947 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19948 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19950 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19951 part of Org's core.
19953 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19958 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19959 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19960 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19964 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19965 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19966 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19971 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19972 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19974 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19976 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19977 Switch between Org buffers.
19978 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19979 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19981 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19982 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19986 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19988 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19990 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19991 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19992 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19993 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19997 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19998 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
20000 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
20002 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
20003 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
20004 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
20008 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
20009 Reload all org lisp files.
20010 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
20012 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
20014 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
20015 Call the customize function with org as argument.
20021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22331 17372
20022 ;;;;;; 77369 320000))
20023 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20025 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20026 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
20028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20030 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20031 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20032 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20033 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20035 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20036 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20037 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20038 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20039 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20040 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20041 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20042 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20043 e Export views to associated files.
20044 s Search entries for keywords.
20045 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
20046 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20047 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20048 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20049 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20050 > Remove a previous restriction.
20051 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20052 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20053 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20055 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20056 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20057 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20059 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20060 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20061 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20062 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20065 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20067 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20068 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20069 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20070 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20071 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20072 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20073 before running the agenda command.
20075 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20077 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20078 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20079 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20080 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20081 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20082 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20083 before running the agenda command.
20085 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20086 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20088 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20090 category The category of the item
20091 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20092 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20093 todo selected in TODO match
20094 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20095 diary imported from diary
20096 deadline a deadline on given date
20097 scheduled scheduled on given date
20098 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20099 closed entry was closed on given date
20100 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20101 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20102 block entry has date block including g. date
20103 todo The todo keyword, if any
20104 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20105 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20106 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20107 extra Sting with extra planning info
20108 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20109 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20110 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20112 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20114 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20115 Store agenda views.
20117 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20119 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20120 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20122 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20124 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20125 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20126 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20127 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20129 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20130 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20131 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20133 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20134 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20136 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20137 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20139 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20141 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20142 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20144 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20145 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20146 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20147 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20150 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20151 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20152 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20153 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20154 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20155 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20157 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20158 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20159 including newlines.
20161 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20162 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20163 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20164 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20165 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20166 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20167 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20169 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20170 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20171 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20172 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20174 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20175 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20176 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20177 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20178 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20179 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20180 Boolean search must match as full words.
20182 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20183 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20185 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20187 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20188 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20189 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20190 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20191 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20192 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20196 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20197 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20198 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20200 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20202 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20203 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20204 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20205 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20206 `org-stuck-projects'.
20208 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20210 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20211 Return diary information from org files.
20212 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20213 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20214 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20215 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20216 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20218 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20220 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20222 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20223 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20227 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20228 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20229 So the example above may also be written as
20231 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20233 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20234 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20235 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20237 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20239 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20240 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20242 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20244 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20245 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20246 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
20247 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
20248 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20250 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20252 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20253 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20254 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20258 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20259 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20260 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20263 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20264 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20266 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20267 for filtering entries out.
20269 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20270 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20271 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20273 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20274 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20276 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20277 (category \"Work\"))
20279 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20280 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20282 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20283 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20284 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20285 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20286 details and examples.
20288 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20289 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20291 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (22330 59913
20296 ;;;;;; 965323 458000))
20297 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20299 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20300 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20302 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20304 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20306 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20307 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20308 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20309 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20310 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20311 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20313 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20314 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20315 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20318 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20320 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20321 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20324 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20325 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20326 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20327 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20329 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20331 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20332 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22331 17372
20339 ;;;;;; 78369 317000))
20340 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20342 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20343 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20347 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20352 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20353 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20354 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20356 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20358 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20359 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20361 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20363 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20364 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20366 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20368 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20369 Write the column view table.
20370 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20372 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20373 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20374 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20375 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20376 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20377 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20378 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20379 using `org-id-find'.
20380 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20381 a hline before each level <= that number.
20382 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20383 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20385 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20386 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20388 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20390 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20391 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20395 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20396 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (22331 17372
20403 ;;;;;; 78369 317000))
20404 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20406 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20407 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (22331 17372 79369
20415 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20417 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20418 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (22330 59913
20425 ;;;;;; 966323 455000))
20426 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20428 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20429 The release version of org-mode.
20430 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20434 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20435 The Git version of org-mode.
20436 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (22330 59913 914323
20444 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20445 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20446 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20448 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20449 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20450 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20451 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20453 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20454 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20455 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20456 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20458 \\{outline-mode-map}
20459 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20460 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20461 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20462 are used when point is on a heading line.
20464 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20465 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20466 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20468 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20469 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20473 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20474 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20475 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20476 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20477 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20479 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20482 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22331 17377
20487 ;;;;;; 952348 454000))
20488 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20489 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20491 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20492 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20493 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20494 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20495 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20497 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20498 activate the package system at any time.")
20500 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20502 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20503 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20504 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20505 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20506 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20508 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20509 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20510 loading packages twice.
20511 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
20512 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
20513 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
20515 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20517 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20518 Import keys from FILE.
20520 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20522 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20523 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20524 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20525 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20526 and make them available for download.
20527 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20528 downloads in the background.
20530 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20532 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20533 Install the package PKG.
20534 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20535 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20537 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20538 `package-selected-packages'.
20540 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20541 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20543 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20545 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20546 Install a package from the current buffer.
20547 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20548 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20549 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20551 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20552 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20553 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20555 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20559 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20560 Install a package from a file.
20561 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20566 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20567 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20568 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20572 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20573 Reinstall package PKG.
20574 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20579 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20580 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20582 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20583 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20588 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20589 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20591 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20593 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20594 Display a list of packages.
20595 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20596 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20597 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20599 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20601 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
20606 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20608 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20609 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20610 See the `show-paren-mode' command
20611 for a description of this minor mode.
20612 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20613 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20614 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20616 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20618 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20619 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20620 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20621 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20622 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20624 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20625 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20626 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (22331
20633 ;;;;;; 17371 982369 658000))
20634 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20635 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20637 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20638 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20639 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20640 unknown are returned as nil.
20642 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (22330 59913
20647 ;;;;;; 985323 396000))
20648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20650 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20651 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20652 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20654 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20655 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20657 Other useful functions are:
20659 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20660 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20661 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20662 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20663 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20664 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20665 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20666 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20667 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20669 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20671 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20672 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20673 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20674 Indentation for case statements.
20675 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20676 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20678 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20679 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20680 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20681 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20682 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20683 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20684 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20685 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20686 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20687 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20689 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20690 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (22330
20697 ;;;;;; 59913 914323 615000))
20698 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20700 (defvar password-cache t "\
20701 Whether to cache passwords.")
20703 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20705 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20706 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20707 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20709 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20711 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20712 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20714 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22330 59913
20719 ;;;;;; 930323 566000))
20720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20722 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20723 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
20724 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20726 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
20727 of values. For example, the pattern \\=`(,foo ,bar) matches any
20728 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
20729 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
20731 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
20732 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
20733 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
20735 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
20736 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
20737 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
20738 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
20739 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
20742 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
20743 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
20744 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
20745 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
20747 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
20749 _ matches anything.
20750 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20751 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
20752 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
20753 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20754 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20755 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20756 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20757 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20758 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20759 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20760 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20761 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20763 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
20765 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
20766 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20767 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20768 which is the value being matched.
20769 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
20770 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20772 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
20773 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
20775 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20777 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20779 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20780 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20782 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20784 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20786 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20787 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20788 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20789 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20790 variable name being but a special case of it).
20792 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20794 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20796 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20798 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20799 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20800 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20801 of the form (PAT EXP).
20803 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20805 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20807 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20808 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20809 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20810 of the form (PAT EXP).
20811 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20812 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20815 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20817 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20819 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20822 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20824 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20826 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20827 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20828 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20831 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20833 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20835 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (22330 59913 914323
20841 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20843 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20844 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (22331 17372 87369
20852 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20854 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20855 Completion for `gzip'.
20859 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20860 Completion for `bzip2'.
20864 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20865 Completion for GNU `make'.
20869 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20870 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20874 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (22330 59913
20879 ;;;;;; 914323 615000))
20880 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20882 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20883 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20887 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20888 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20892 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20893 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (22330 59913 914323
20901 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20903 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20904 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (22330 59913 914323
20912 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20914 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20915 Completion for `cd'.
20919 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20921 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20922 Completion for `rmdir'.
20926 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20927 Completion for `rm'.
20931 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20932 Completion for `xargs'.
20936 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20938 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20939 Completion for `which'.
20943 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20944 Completion for the `chown' command.
20948 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20949 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20953 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20954 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20958 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20959 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20960 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (22330 59913 914323
20968 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20970 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20971 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20975 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20976 Completion for the `ack' command.
20977 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20982 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20984 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20985 Completion for the `ag' command.
20991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (22330 59913 914323
20993 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20995 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20996 Support extensible programmable completion.
20997 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20998 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21000 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21002 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21003 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21007 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21008 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21009 This will modify the current buffer.
21013 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21014 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21018 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21019 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21020 This will modify the current buffer.
21024 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21025 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21029 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21030 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21034 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21035 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21036 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21037 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21038 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21040 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21042 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21043 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22330 59914 12323 313000))
21050 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21052 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21053 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21054 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21055 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21057 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21059 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21061 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21062 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21063 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21064 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21065 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21066 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21069 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21071 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21072 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21073 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21074 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21075 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21076 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21077 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21078 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21080 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21082 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21083 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21084 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21085 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21086 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21087 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21088 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21091 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21093 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21094 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21095 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21096 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21097 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21098 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21099 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21101 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21103 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21104 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21105 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21107 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21109 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21110 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21111 A value of nil means never do it.
21112 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21113 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21114 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21116 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21118 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21119 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21120 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (22330 59914
21125 ;;;;;; 9323 322000))
21126 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21128 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21129 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22330
21134 ;;;;;; 59913 985323 396000))
21135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21136 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21137 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21138 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21139 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21140 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21141 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21143 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21144 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21145 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21146 Tab indents for Perl code.
21147 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21148 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21149 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21151 Variables controlling indentation style:
21152 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21153 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21154 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21155 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21156 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21157 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21158 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21160 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21161 `perl-indent-level'
21162 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21163 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21164 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21165 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21166 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21167 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21168 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21169 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21170 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21171 `perl-brace-offset'
21172 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21173 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21174 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21175 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21176 `perl-label-offset'
21177 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21178 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21179 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21181 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21182 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21183 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21184 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21185 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21186 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21187 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21189 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (22330 59913
21196 ;;;;;; 990323 381000))
21197 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21199 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21200 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21201 \\<picture-mode-map>
21202 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21203 afterwards settable by these commands:
21205 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21206 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21207 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21208 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21210 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21211 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21212 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21213 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21215 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21216 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21217 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21218 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21220 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21221 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21222 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21223 with these commands:
21225 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21226 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21227 Move to column following last
21228 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21229 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21230 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21231 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21232 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21233 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21235 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21237 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21238 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21239 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21240 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21241 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21242 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21244 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21245 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21246 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21247 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21248 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21249 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21250 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21252 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21253 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21254 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21255 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21256 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21257 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21258 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21259 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21261 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21262 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21263 by supplying an argument.
21265 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21267 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21268 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21272 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (22330 59913 953323
21278 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21279 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21281 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21282 Start a Pinentry service.
21284 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21285 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21287 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
21290 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
21294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (22331 17372 34369
21296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21298 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21299 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21301 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21303 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21304 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22330 59913 990323
21312 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21314 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21315 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21316 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21318 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (22330 59913 969323 446000))
21323 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21325 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21326 Play pong and waste time.
21327 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21328 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21330 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (22331 17372 35369 469000))
21339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21341 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21342 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21343 Use streaming commands.
21345 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (22330 59913 930323
21351 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21353 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21354 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21355 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21356 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21358 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21360 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21361 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21365 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21366 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21367 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21368 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21369 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21371 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21373 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21374 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21375 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21377 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21379 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21380 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21382 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21384 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21385 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21386 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21387 Ignores leading comment characters.
21391 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21392 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21393 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21394 Ignores leading comment characters.
21400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (22330 59913 914323
21402 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21403 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21405 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21406 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21408 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21410 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21412 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21414 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21415 Preview directory using ghostview.
21417 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21418 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21419 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21420 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21422 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21423 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21424 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21425 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21426 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21429 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21431 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21433 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21434 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21436 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21437 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21438 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21439 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21441 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21442 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21443 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21444 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21445 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21448 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21450 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21452 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21453 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21455 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21456 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21457 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21458 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21460 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21461 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21462 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21463 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21464 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21467 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21469 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21471 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21472 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21474 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21476 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21477 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21478 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21479 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21481 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21482 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21483 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21484 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21485 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21488 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21490 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21492 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21493 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21495 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21496 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21497 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21499 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21500 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21501 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21502 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21504 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21506 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21507 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21509 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21510 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21511 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21513 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21514 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21515 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21516 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21518 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21520 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21521 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21523 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21524 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21525 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21527 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21528 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21529 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21530 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21532 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21534 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21535 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21537 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21539 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21540 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21541 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21543 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21544 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21545 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21546 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21548 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21550 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21551 Preview region using ghostview.
21553 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21555 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21557 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21558 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21560 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21562 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21564 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21565 Print region using PostScript printer.
21567 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21569 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21571 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21572 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21574 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21576 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21578 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21579 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21581 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21583 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21585 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21586 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21588 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21590 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21592 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21593 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21595 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21597 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21599 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21600 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21602 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21604 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21606 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21607 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21608 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21609 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21611 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21614 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21615 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21617 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21619 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21621 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21622 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21623 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21624 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21628 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21629 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21630 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21631 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21635 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21636 Print directory using text printer.
21638 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21641 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21642 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21644 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21646 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21648 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21649 Print buffer using text printer.
21653 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21654 Print region using text printer.
21658 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21659 Print major mode using text printer.
21663 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21664 Preview spooled PostScript.
21666 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21667 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21668 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21670 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21671 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21672 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21674 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21676 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21677 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21679 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21680 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21681 instead of sending it to the printer.
21683 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21684 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21685 image in a file with that name.
21687 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21689 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21690 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21692 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21693 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21694 instead of sending it to the printer.
21696 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21697 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21698 image in a file with that name.
21700 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21702 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21703 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21705 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21706 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21707 instead of sending it to the printer.
21709 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21710 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21711 image in a file with that name.
21713 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21715 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21716 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21718 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21720 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21721 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21723 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21725 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21726 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21728 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21730 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21731 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21733 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21735 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21736 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21738 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21740 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21741 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21743 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21744 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21745 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21746 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21748 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21749 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21750 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21751 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21752 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21753 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21756 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21758 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21759 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21763 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21764 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21766 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21768 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21773 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21774 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21778 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21779 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21783 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21784 Toggle printing with faces.
21788 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21793 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21798 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21801 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21803 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21808 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21813 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21814 Toggle upside-down.
21818 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21819 Toggle line number.
21823 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21824 Toggle zebra stripes.
21828 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21829 Toggle printing header.
21833 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21834 Toggle printing header frame.
21838 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21843 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21844 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21848 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21853 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21854 Customization of the `printing' group.
21856 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21858 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21859 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21861 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21863 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21864 Help for the printing package.
21866 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21868 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21869 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21873 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21874 Interactively select a text printer.
21878 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21879 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21883 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21884 Show current ps-print settings.
21886 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21888 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21889 Show current printing settings.
21891 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21893 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21894 Show current lpr settings.
21896 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21898 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21899 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21901 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21902 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21903 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21904 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21907 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21909 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21910 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21911 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21913 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21914 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21915 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21916 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21917 current active printer.
21919 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21920 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21921 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21924 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21925 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21926 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21927 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21928 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21931 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21932 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21934 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21936 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21937 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21938 be done using the new current active printer.
21940 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21941 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21944 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21945 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21946 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21947 instead of sending it to the printer.
21949 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21950 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21953 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21956 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21959 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21961 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21962 Fast fire function for text printing.
21964 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21965 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21966 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21967 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21969 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21970 user for a new active text printer.
21972 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21974 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21976 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21977 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21980 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21982 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21985 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (22331 17372 88369 281000))
21990 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21992 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21993 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21994 \\<proced-mode-map>
21995 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21996 the process information.
21998 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22000 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
22003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (22330 59913 914323
22009 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
22011 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
22012 Start/restart profilers.
22013 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
22014 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
22015 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
22019 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
22020 Open profile FILENAME.
22022 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22024 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
22025 Open profile FILENAME.
22027 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22029 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
22030 Open profile FILENAME.
22032 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (22330 59913
22037 ;;;;;; 975323 427000))
22038 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
22040 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
22041 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
22042 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
22043 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
22044 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
22045 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
22047 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
22049 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
22050 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
22051 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
22052 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
22054 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22056 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
22057 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
22058 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
22059 pattern to search for.
22061 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22063 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
22064 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
22065 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22070 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
22071 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
22072 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22331 17372
22080 ;;;;;; 97369 249000))
22081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22083 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22084 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22086 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22087 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22089 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22091 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22092 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22095 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22099 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22100 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22101 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22105 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22106 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22107 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
22114 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22116 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22117 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22118 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22120 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (22331 17372
22125 ;;;;;; 97369 249000))
22126 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22127 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
22129 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22130 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22132 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22134 The following variables hold user options, and can
22135 be set through the `customize' command:
22138 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22139 `ps-mode-print-function'
22141 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22145 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22148 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22154 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22155 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22156 The keymap for this second window is:
22158 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22161 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22162 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22163 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22164 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22165 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22331 17372 104369
22173 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22174 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22176 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22177 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22178 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22180 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22182 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22183 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22184 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22185 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22187 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22189 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22190 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22194 nil Do not print colors.
22198 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22199 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22201 Any other value is treated as t.")
22203 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22205 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22206 Customization of ps-print group.
22210 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22211 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22213 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22214 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22215 sending it to the printer.
22217 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22218 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22219 image in a file with that name.
22221 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22223 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22224 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22225 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22226 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22227 so it has a way to determine color values.
22229 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22231 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22232 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22233 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22235 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22237 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22238 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22239 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22240 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22241 so it has a way to determine color values.
22243 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22245 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22246 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22247 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22248 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22250 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22254 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22255 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22256 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22257 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22258 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22260 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22264 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22265 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22266 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22268 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22270 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22272 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22273 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22274 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22275 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22276 so it has a way to determine color values.
22278 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22280 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22282 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22283 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22285 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22286 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22287 instead of sending it to the printer.
22289 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22290 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22291 image in a file with that name.
22293 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22295 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22296 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22297 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22298 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
22299 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
22303 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22304 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22305 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22307 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22309 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22310 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22311 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22313 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22315 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22316 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22320 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22321 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22323 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22324 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22326 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22327 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22329 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22331 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22333 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22335 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22336 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22338 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22339 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22341 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22342 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22344 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22346 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22348 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22350 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22351 foreground and background colors respectively.
22353 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22354 bold - use bold font.
22355 italic - use italic font.
22356 underline - put a line under text.
22357 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22358 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22359 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22360 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22361 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22363 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22365 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (22330 59913 920323
22371 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22372 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22374 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22375 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22376 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22378 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22380 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22381 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22382 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22384 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22331 17372
22389 ;;;;;; 98369 246000))
22390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22391 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22393 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
22395 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22397 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22398 Run an inferior Python process.
22400 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22401 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22402 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22403 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22404 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22406 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22407 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22408 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22409 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22411 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22412 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22413 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22415 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22417 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22418 Major mode for editing Python files.
22420 \\{python-mode-map}
22426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (22331 17372 35369 469000))
22427 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22429 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22430 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22431 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22434 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22435 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22437 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22438 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22439 them into characters should be done separately.
22441 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (22330 59913
22446 ;;;;;; 940323 535000))
22447 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22449 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22450 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22454 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22455 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22456 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22458 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22459 `quail-activate', which see.
22461 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22463 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22464 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22465 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22466 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22467 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22468 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22469 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22471 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22472 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22473 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22474 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22475 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22477 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22479 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22480 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22481 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22482 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22483 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22484 list of candidates.
22486 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22487 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22488 command to be called.
22490 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22491 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22492 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22493 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22495 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22496 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22497 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22498 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22499 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22502 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22503 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22504 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22505 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22507 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22508 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22509 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22510 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22511 defines no translations for single character keys.
22513 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22514 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22515 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22516 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22517 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22518 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22520 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22521 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22522 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22523 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22524 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22525 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22527 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22528 covers Quail translation region.
22530 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22531 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22532 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22533 for it) is inserted.
22535 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22536 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22537 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22539 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22540 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22541 non-Quail commands.
22543 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22545 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22546 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22548 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22549 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22550 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22551 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22552 you type is correctly handled.
22554 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22556 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22557 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22559 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22562 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22564 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22565 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22566 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22567 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22568 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22569 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22570 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22571 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22572 for the translation.
22573 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22575 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22576 it is used to handle KEY.
22578 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22579 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22580 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22581 the following annotation types are supported.
22583 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22584 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22586 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22589 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22590 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22591 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22594 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22595 generated for the following translations.
22597 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22599 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22600 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22602 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22603 which to install MAP.
22605 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22607 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22609 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22610 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22612 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22613 which to install MAP.
22615 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22617 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22619 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22620 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22621 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22622 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22623 a function, or a cons.
22624 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22625 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22626 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22627 for the translation.
22628 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22629 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22630 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22631 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22632 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22634 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22635 it is used to handle KEY.
22637 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22638 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22639 current Quail package.
22641 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22642 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22644 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22646 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22647 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22649 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22650 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22652 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22654 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22655 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22657 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22659 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22660 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22661 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22662 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22663 of the Emacs source tree.
22665 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22666 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22668 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22669 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22672 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (22330
22677 ;;;;;; 59913 945323 520000))
22678 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22680 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22681 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22682 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22683 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22685 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22690 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 945323 520000))
22691 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22693 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22694 Activate UCS input method.
22695 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22697 While this input method is active, the variable
22698 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22700 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (22330 59913 953323
22706 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22708 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22709 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22710 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22711 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22713 To make use of this do something like:
22715 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22717 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22719 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22720 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22722 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22723 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22724 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22726 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22728 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22729 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22731 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22733 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22734 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22736 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22739 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22741 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22742 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22744 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22745 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22746 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22748 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22750 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22751 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22753 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22755 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22756 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22760 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22761 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22763 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22765 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22769 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22770 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22331 17372 59369 384000))
22777 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22779 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22780 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22782 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22784 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22788 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22790 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22793 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22795 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22796 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22797 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
22798 for a description of this minor mode.
22799 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22800 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22801 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22803 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22805 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22806 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22807 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22808 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22809 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (22330
22816 ;;;;;; 59913 930323 566000))
22817 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22819 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22821 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22822 Construct a regexp interactively.
22823 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22824 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22825 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22827 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22828 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (22330 59913 915323
22836 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22838 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22839 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22840 See the `recentf-mode' command
22841 for a description of this minor mode.
22842 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22843 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22844 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22846 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22848 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22849 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22850 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22851 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22852 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22854 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22855 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22856 were operated on recently.
22858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (22331 17372 104369 224000))
22863 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22865 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22866 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22867 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22868 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22871 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22872 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22875 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22877 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22878 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22879 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22881 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22882 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22885 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22887 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22888 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22889 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22891 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22893 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22894 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22896 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22897 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22899 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22902 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22903 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22904 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22905 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22908 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22910 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22911 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22913 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22915 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22916 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22920 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22921 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22922 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22923 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22924 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22925 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22926 and point is at the lower right corner.
22928 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22930 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22931 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22933 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22934 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22936 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22937 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22938 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22940 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22942 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22944 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22945 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22946 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22947 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22948 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22950 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22951 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22953 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22955 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22956 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22957 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22959 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22961 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22963 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22965 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22966 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22968 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22969 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22970 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22972 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22974 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22975 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22976 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22978 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22979 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22980 rectangle which were empty.
22982 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22984 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22985 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22987 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22988 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22989 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22990 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22992 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22994 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22995 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22996 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (22330 59913
23003 ;;;;;; 990323 381000))
23004 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23006 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23007 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23008 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23009 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23010 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23012 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23013 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23014 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23017 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22331 17372
23024 ;;;;;; 117369 178000))
23025 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23026 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
23027 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
23028 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
23029 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
23031 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23032 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23036 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23037 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23039 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23040 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23042 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23043 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23044 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23047 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23048 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23049 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23051 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23052 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23053 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23055 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23056 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23058 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23059 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23061 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23062 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23065 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23069 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23070 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23071 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22330
23078 ;;;;;; 59913 990323 381000))
23079 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23080 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23081 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23082 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23083 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22330
23088 ;;;;;; 59913 930323 566000))
23089 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23091 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23092 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23093 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23094 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23095 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23096 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23098 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23099 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23101 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23103 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23104 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23106 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23108 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23109 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23110 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23111 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23113 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (22330 59913 930323
23119 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
23120 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
23124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (22330 59913
23125 ;;;;;; 991323 378000))
23126 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23127 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23129 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23130 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23131 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23132 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23134 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23136 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23138 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23139 Call `remember' in another frame.
23141 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23143 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23144 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23145 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
23149 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23150 Extract diary entries from the region.
23154 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
23155 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
23156 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
23157 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
23159 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
23161 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
23162 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
23163 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
23166 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
23168 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
23171 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
23172 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
23173 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
23175 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
23179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
23180 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23181 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
23183 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23184 Repeat most recently executed command.
23185 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
23186 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
23187 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
23189 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23190 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23191 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23192 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23194 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23195 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23196 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23198 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (22330 59913
23203 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
23204 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23206 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23207 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23209 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23210 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23211 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23212 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23213 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23214 and point is left after the salutation.
23216 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23217 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23218 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23219 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23220 left after that text.
23222 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23225 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23226 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23227 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23228 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23230 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (22330 59913 915323
23236 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23238 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23239 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23240 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23241 visibility of comments that precede it.
23242 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23243 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23244 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23245 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23246 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23247 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23248 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23249 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23251 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23252 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23253 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23254 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23255 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
23262 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23264 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23265 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23266 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23267 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23268 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23270 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23271 reveals invisible text around point.
23273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23275 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23276 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
23277 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
23278 for a description of this minor mode.
23279 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23280 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23281 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23283 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23285 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23286 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23287 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23289 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23290 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23291 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (22330 59913 930323
23299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23301 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23302 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23306 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23307 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23309 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22330 59913 953323
23315 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23317 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23318 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23319 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23320 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23322 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23324 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23325 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23326 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23327 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23329 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23330 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23332 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23333 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23335 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23336 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23339 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23340 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23341 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23342 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23343 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23345 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23346 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23347 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23348 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23350 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23351 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23354 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22331 17372 51369
23360 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23362 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23363 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23365 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23367 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23369 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23370 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23371 Its name should end with a slash.")
23373 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23374 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23376 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23377 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23378 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
23380 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23382 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23383 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23384 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23385 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23386 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23387 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23388 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23390 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23391 sent by you under different user names.
23392 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23394 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23396 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23398 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23400 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23401 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23402 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23405 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23407 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23408 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23409 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23410 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23411 which normally happens once for each message,
23412 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23413 To make a change in this variable take effect
23414 for a message that you have already viewed,
23415 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23417 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23419 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23420 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23421 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23422 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23424 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23426 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23427 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23429 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23431 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23432 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23433 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23435 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23437 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23438 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23439 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23440 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23441 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23442 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23444 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23446 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23447 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23449 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23451 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23452 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23454 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23456 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23457 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23459 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23460 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23462 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23464 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23465 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23467 This is set to nil by default.")
23469 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23470 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23471 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23472 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23473 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23474 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23475 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23477 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23478 Read and edit incoming mail.
23479 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23480 file in RMAIL Mode.
23481 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23483 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23484 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23485 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23486 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23488 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23490 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23492 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23493 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23494 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23495 Instead, these commands are available:
23497 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23498 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23499 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23500 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23501 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23502 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23503 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23504 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23505 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23506 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23507 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23508 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23509 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23510 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23511 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23512 till a deleted message is found.
23513 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23514 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23515 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23516 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23517 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23518 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23519 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23520 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23521 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23522 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23523 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23524 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23525 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23526 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23527 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23528 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23529 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23530 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23531 (label defaults to last one specified).
23532 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23533 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23534 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23535 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23536 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23537 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23538 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23539 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23540 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23544 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23545 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23547 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23549 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23550 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23552 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (22330 59913
23557 ;;;;;; 948323 511000))
23558 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23559 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23561 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23562 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23563 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23564 case it writes Babyl.
23566 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23567 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23568 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23569 `rmail-default-file'.
23571 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23572 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23573 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23575 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23576 the header display is currently pruned.
23578 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23579 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23580 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23581 messages after output.
23583 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23584 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23585 message (if writing a file directly).
23587 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23588 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23590 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23592 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23593 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23594 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23595 i) the header is output as currently seen
23596 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23597 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23599 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23600 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23601 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23603 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23605 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23606 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23607 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23608 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23609 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23610 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23611 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23613 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23614 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23615 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23617 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (22331 17372
23622 ;;;;;; 66369 359000))
23623 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23625 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23626 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23629 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (22331 17372
23634 ;;;;;; 67369 356000))
23635 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23637 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23638 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23639 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23640 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (22331 17372
23647 ;;;;;; 67369 356000))
23648 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23650 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23651 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23653 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23654 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23655 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23656 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23657 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23658 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23659 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23660 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23661 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23662 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23664 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23665 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23666 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23667 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23668 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23669 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23670 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23671 to use for finding the schema.
23673 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (22331 17372 67369
23679 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23681 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23683 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23684 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23685 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23686 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23687 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23688 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23689 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23690 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23691 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23692 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23693 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23694 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23695 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23696 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23697 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23698 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23701 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (22330 59913
23706 ;;;;;; 940323 535000))
23707 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23709 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23710 Define a robin package.
23712 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23713 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23714 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23715 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23717 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23718 one replaces the old one.
23720 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23722 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23723 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23725 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23726 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23727 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23729 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23731 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23732 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23734 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
23739 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23741 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23742 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23744 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23746 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23747 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23749 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23751 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23752 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23754 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23756 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23757 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23758 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23760 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23761 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23764 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23768 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23769 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22330 59913 991323
23777 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23778 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23780 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23781 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23784 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23785 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23792 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23793 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23794 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23795 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23796 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23798 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23799 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23800 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22331
23807 ;;;;;; 17377 954348 447000))
23808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23809 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23811 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23812 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23818 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23820 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22330 59913 915323
23826 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23827 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23829 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23830 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23831 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23833 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23834 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23835 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23836 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23837 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22330 59913 930323
23845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23847 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23848 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23849 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23850 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23852 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23854 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23855 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23856 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23858 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23859 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23860 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23862 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23866 matches string STRING literally.
23869 matches character CHAR literally.
23871 `not-newline', `nonl'
23872 matches any character except a newline.
23875 matches any character
23880 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23881 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23882 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23884 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23885 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23886 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23887 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23889 `(not (any SET ...))'
23890 matches any character not in SET ...
23892 `line-start', `bol'
23893 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23894 in the text being matched
23897 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23899 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23900 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23901 string being matched against.
23903 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23904 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23905 string being matched against.
23908 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23909 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23912 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23913 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23916 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23918 `word-start', `bow'
23919 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23922 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23925 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23928 `(not word-boundary)'
23929 `not-word-boundary'
23930 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23934 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23937 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23939 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23940 matches 0 through 9.
23943 matches ASCII control characters.
23945 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23946 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23949 matches space and tab only.
23952 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23953 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23954 unassigned by Unicode.
23956 `printing', `print'
23957 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23959 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23960 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23961 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23963 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23964 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23965 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23968 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23971 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23973 `lower', `lower-case'
23974 matches anything lower-case.
23976 `upper', `upper-case'
23977 matches anything upper-case.
23979 `punctuation', `punct'
23980 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23981 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23983 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23984 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23987 matches anything that has word syntax.
23990 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23993 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23994 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23995 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23997 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23998 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24001 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24002 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24003 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24004 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24005 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24007 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24008 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24009 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24010 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24011 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24013 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24014 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24016 `(category CATEGORY)'
24017 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24018 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24020 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24021 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24022 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24023 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24027 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24028 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24029 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24030 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24031 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24032 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24033 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
24034 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24035 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24036 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24037 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24038 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24039 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24040 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24049 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24053 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24055 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24060 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24061 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24063 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24064 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24065 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24066 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24067 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24069 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24070 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24071 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24072 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24074 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24075 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24076 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24079 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24080 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24081 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24082 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24083 regular expression.
24085 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24086 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24087 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24088 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24089 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24091 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24092 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24094 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24095 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24097 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24099 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24102 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24103 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24106 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24107 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24109 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24111 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24114 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24117 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24119 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24120 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24122 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24125 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24128 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24132 matches N occurrences.
24135 matches N or more occurrences.
24137 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24138 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24139 matches N to M occurrences.
24142 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24145 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24149 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24151 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (22330 59913
24156 ;;;;;; 953323 495000))
24157 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
24158 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (22330 59913 915323
24164 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24165 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
24167 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24168 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24169 See the `savehist-mode' command
24170 for a description of this minor mode.
24171 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24172 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24173 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24175 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24177 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24178 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24179 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24180 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24181 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24183 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24184 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24185 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24186 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24188 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24189 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24190 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (22330 59913 915323
24198 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24200 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24201 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24202 See the `save-place-mode' command
24203 for a description of this minor mode.
24204 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24205 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24206 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24208 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24210 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24211 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24212 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24213 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24217 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
24218 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
24219 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
24220 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
24221 even in a later Emacs session.
24223 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
24224 the argument is positive.
24226 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
24229 \(save-place-mode 1)
24231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22331 17372
24236 ;;;;;; 98369 246000))
24237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24239 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24240 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24241 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24243 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24244 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24245 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24246 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24247 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24248 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24249 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24250 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24253 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24254 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24255 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24259 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24260 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24261 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24264 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24265 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24266 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24267 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24268 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24269 that variable's value is a string.
24275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (22330 59913
24276 ;;;;;; 939323 538000))
24277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24279 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24280 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24281 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24283 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (22330 59913 915323
24291 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24293 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24294 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24295 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
24296 for a description of this minor mode.
24297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24298 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24299 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24301 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24303 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24304 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24305 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24306 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24307 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24309 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24310 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (22330 59913
24317 ;;;;;; 915323 612000))
24318 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24320 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24321 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24322 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24323 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24324 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24325 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24326 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24327 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22330 59913 954323
24335 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24336 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24337 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (22330 59913
24342 ;;;;;; 920323 597000))
24343 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24344 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24346 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24347 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24348 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24350 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24351 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24352 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24353 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24354 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24355 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24356 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24357 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24358 keybinding for tag names.
24359 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24360 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24361 of the symbol under point.
24362 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24363 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24364 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24365 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24366 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24368 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24370 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24372 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24373 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24374 See the `semantic-mode' command
24375 for a description of this minor mode.
24376 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24377 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24378 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24380 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24382 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24383 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24384 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24385 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24386 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24388 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24389 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24390 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24391 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24394 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24401 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 922323 591000))
24402 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24404 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24405 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24412 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 923323 588000))
24413 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24415 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24416 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22330 59913
24423 ;;;;;; 948323 511000))
24424 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24426 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24427 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24429 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24431 If `parens', they look like:
24432 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24433 If `angles', they look like:
24434 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24436 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24437 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24439 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24441 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24442 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24443 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24444 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24446 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24447 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24448 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24449 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24451 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24453 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24454 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24455 This is done when the message is initialized,
24456 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24458 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24460 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24461 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24462 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24464 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24466 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24467 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24468 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24469 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24470 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24471 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24472 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24474 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24476 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24477 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24479 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24481 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24482 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24483 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24486 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24488 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24489 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24490 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24491 when you first send mail.")
24493 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24495 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24496 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24497 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24498 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24499 This file need not actually exist.")
24501 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24503 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24504 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24506 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24508 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24509 Alist of mail address aliases,
24510 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24511 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24512 can specify a different file name.)
24513 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24514 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24516 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24517 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24518 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24520 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24522 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24523 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24524 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24526 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24528 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24529 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24530 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24531 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24532 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24533 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24534 in the cited portion of the message.
24536 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24537 instead of no action.")
24539 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24541 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24542 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24543 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24544 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24545 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24547 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24549 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24550 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24551 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24552 If a string, that string is inserted.
24553 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24554 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24555 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24556 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24558 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24560 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24561 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24563 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24565 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24566 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24567 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24569 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24570 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24572 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24574 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24575 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24576 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24577 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24579 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24581 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24582 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24583 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24587 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24589 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24592 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24594 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24595 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24596 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24598 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24599 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24601 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24602 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24603 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24604 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24605 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24606 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24607 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24608 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24609 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24610 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24611 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24612 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24613 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24614 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24618 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24619 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24620 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24621 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24623 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24625 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24626 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24627 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24628 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24629 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24630 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24632 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24633 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24634 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24636 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24637 User should not set this variable manually,
24638 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24639 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24640 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24642 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24643 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24644 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24645 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24647 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24648 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24651 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24653 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24654 to move to message header fields:
24657 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24658 when the message is initialized.
24660 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24661 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24663 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24666 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24667 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24669 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24670 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24671 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24672 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24673 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24674 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24675 buffer without erasing the contents.
24677 The second through fifth arguments,
24678 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24679 the initial contents of those header fields.
24680 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24681 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24682 original message being replied to, or else an action
24683 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24684 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24685 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24686 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24687 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24688 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24690 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24692 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24693 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24695 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24697 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24698 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24700 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22331 17371 996369
24706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24707 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22331 17372 105369 221000))
24712 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24714 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24716 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24718 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24720 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24721 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24722 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24723 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24724 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24725 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24727 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24728 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24730 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24731 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24732 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24734 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24737 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24739 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24740 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24741 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24742 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24744 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24746 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24747 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24748 See the `server-mode' command
24749 for a description of this minor mode.
24750 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24751 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24752 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24754 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24756 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24757 Toggle Server mode.
24758 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24759 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24760 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24762 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24763 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24764 `server-start' for details.
24766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24768 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24769 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24770 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24772 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24773 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24775 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (22331 17372 106369 217000))
24780 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24782 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24783 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24785 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24786 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24787 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24788 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24789 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24791 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24792 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24793 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24794 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24795 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24796 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24798 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24801 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24802 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24803 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24805 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24806 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24808 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24809 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24812 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24814 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24815 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24817 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22331
24824 ;;;;;; 17372 117369 178000))
24825 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24827 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24828 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24830 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24833 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24834 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24835 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24837 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24840 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24842 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24843 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24848 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24849 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24850 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24851 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24852 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24853 which this is based.
24855 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24857 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24858 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24859 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24860 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24862 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24863 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24864 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24866 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24867 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24868 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24869 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24871 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24872 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24873 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24874 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24876 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24878 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24879 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24880 To work around that, do:
24881 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22331
24890 ;;;;;; 17372 99369 242000))
24891 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24892 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24893 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24895 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24896 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24897 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24898 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24899 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24900 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24902 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24903 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24904 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24905 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
24906 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
24908 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24909 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24910 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24912 \\[sh-case] case statement
24913 \\[sh-for] for loop
24914 \\[sh-function] function definition
24915 \\[sh-if] if statement
24916 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24917 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24918 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24919 \\[sh-select] select loop
24920 \\[sh-until] until loop
24921 \\[sh-while] while loop
24923 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24924 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24925 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24926 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24927 would indent to the way it currently is.
24928 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24929 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24932 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24933 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24934 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24935 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24936 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24938 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24939 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
24940 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
24942 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24943 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24944 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24946 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24947 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24951 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22330 59913
24956 ;;;;;; 930323 566000))
24957 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24959 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24960 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24962 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24963 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24964 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24966 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24967 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24968 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24969 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24972 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24974 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24976 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24977 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24978 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24980 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24981 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24983 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24984 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24985 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24986 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24987 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24988 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24989 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24992 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24993 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24994 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24995 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24996 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24998 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24999 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25001 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (22330 59913 915323
25007 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25009 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25010 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25011 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25012 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25013 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25014 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25015 sites in the cluster.
25019 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25020 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25021 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25022 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25023 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25027 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25028 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25029 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25030 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25031 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25032 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25033 `shadow-define-cluster').
25037 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25038 Set up file shadowing.
25044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
25045 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25047 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25048 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25049 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25050 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25051 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25054 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25056 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25057 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25058 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25059 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25060 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25062 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25063 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25064 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25065 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25066 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25067 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25068 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25069 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25070 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25071 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25072 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25074 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25075 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25076 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25077 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25078 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25079 `default-process-coding-system'.
25081 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25082 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25083 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25084 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25086 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25088 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22331 17372 60369 381000))
25093 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
25095 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
25096 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
25098 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25100 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25101 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
25102 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
25103 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
25105 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (22331 17372 35369
25111 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25113 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25116 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25118 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25121 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25123 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25126 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25128 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
25131 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (22331 17372
25136 ;;;;;; 35369 469000))
25137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25139 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25140 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25141 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25142 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25143 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25145 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (22330 59913
25152 ;;;;;; 985323 396000))
25153 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25155 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25156 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25157 \\{simula-mode-map}
25158 Variables controlling indentation style:
25159 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25160 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25161 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25162 `simula-indent-level'
25163 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25164 `simula-substatement-offset'
25165 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25166 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25167 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25168 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25169 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25170 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25171 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25172 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25173 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
25174 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25175 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25176 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25177 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
25178 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25179 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25180 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25181 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25182 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25183 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25184 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
25185 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25186 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25187 or nil if they should not be changed.
25188 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
25189 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25190 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25191 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25193 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25194 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22330 59913 915323
25202 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25204 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25205 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25207 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25208 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25209 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25210 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25212 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25214 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25216 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25218 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25219 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25220 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25221 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25222 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25224 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25225 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25227 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25229 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25230 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25232 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25233 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25234 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25235 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25237 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25238 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25239 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25240 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25242 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25243 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25244 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25246 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25247 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25249 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25250 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25252 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25253 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25255 _ interesting point, interregion here
25256 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25257 interesting point set by _
25258 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25259 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25260 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25261 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25262 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25263 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25266 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25267 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25269 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25270 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25271 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25272 as the first element when at bol.
25274 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25275 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25276 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25277 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25278 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25279 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25280 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25281 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25283 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25284 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25285 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25286 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25287 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25290 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25291 then: insert previously read string once more
25292 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25293 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25294 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25296 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25297 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25299 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25301 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25302 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25304 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25305 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25306 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25307 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25308 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25311 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25312 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25313 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25314 twice for the others.
25320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (22331 17372
25321 ;;;;;; 123369 157000))
25322 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25324 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25325 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25326 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25329 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25331 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25332 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25333 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25334 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25335 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25336 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25340 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25341 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25342 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (22331 17372 36369
25350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25352 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25353 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25354 A list of images is returned.
25356 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25358 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25359 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25360 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25362 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (22331 17372
25367 ;;;;;; 53369 406000))
25368 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25370 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25375 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25376 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (22331 17372 87369
25384 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25386 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25387 Play the Snake game.
25388 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25390 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25392 Snake mode keybindings:
25394 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25395 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25396 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25397 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25398 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25399 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25400 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (22330 59913
25407 ;;;;;; 954323 492000))
25408 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25410 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25411 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25412 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25413 Tab indents for C code.
25414 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25415 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25417 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25422 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25423 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25424 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25425 Tab indents for C code.
25426 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25427 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25429 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25430 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22331 17372
25437 ;;;;;; 61369 377000))
25438 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25439 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (22331 17371 982369
25445 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25447 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25448 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25449 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25450 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25451 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25453 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (22330 59913
25460 ;;;;;; 970323 443000))
25461 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25463 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25466 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25467 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25468 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25469 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25470 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25471 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25472 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25473 check after each move or undo.)
25477 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25478 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25479 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25498 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25499 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25500 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25501 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25503 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25504 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25505 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25508 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25509 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25511 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25527 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25529 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
25536 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25537 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25539 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25540 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25542 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25543 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25544 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25545 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25548 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25549 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25550 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25553 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25554 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25556 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25557 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25558 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25559 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25562 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25563 It should move point to the end of the record.
25565 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25566 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25567 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25568 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25569 starts at the beginning of the record.
25571 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25572 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25575 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25576 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25577 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25578 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25579 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25580 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25581 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25583 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25585 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25586 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25587 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25588 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25589 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25592 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25594 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25595 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25596 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25597 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25598 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25601 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25603 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25604 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25605 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25606 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25607 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25610 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25611 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25613 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25614 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25615 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25616 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25617 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25618 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25619 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25620 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25621 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25623 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25625 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25626 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25627 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25628 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25629 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25630 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25631 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25634 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25636 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25637 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25638 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25639 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25641 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25642 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25644 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25645 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25646 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25647 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25648 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25649 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25650 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25651 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25653 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25655 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25658 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25659 starting with the letter \"f\",
25660 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25662 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25664 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25665 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25666 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25667 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25668 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25669 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25670 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25673 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25674 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25675 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25676 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25677 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25679 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25681 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25682 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25683 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25685 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25687 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25688 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25689 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25690 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25691 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25692 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25693 each repeated line.
25695 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25696 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25697 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25698 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25700 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25701 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25703 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25704 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25706 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (22331 17372 36369 466000))
25711 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25713 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25714 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25715 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25716 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25717 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25718 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25720 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22331
25725 ;;;;;; 17372 36369 466000))
25726 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25728 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25729 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25731 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25732 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25733 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25735 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25737 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25738 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25739 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25742 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25744 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25745 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25746 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25748 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25750 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25751 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25752 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25753 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25758 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25759 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25760 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25761 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22330 59913 915323
25769 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25771 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25773 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25774 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25775 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25776 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25777 supported at a time.
25778 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25779 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25783 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25784 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25785 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25786 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (22330 59913 970323
25794 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25796 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25797 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25801 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25802 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22331 17372 100369
25810 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25811 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25813 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25814 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25816 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25817 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25818 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25819 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25820 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25821 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25822 of the current highlighting list.
25826 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25827 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25829 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25830 `_t' as data types.
25832 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25834 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25835 Major mode to edit SQL.
25837 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25838 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25839 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25842 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25844 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25845 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25846 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25847 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25848 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25849 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25851 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25852 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25854 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25855 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25856 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25858 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25860 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25864 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25865 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25867 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25870 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25871 is specified in the connection settings.
25873 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25875 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25876 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25878 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25879 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25881 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25882 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25883 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25884 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25886 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25888 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25890 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25891 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25893 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25894 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25897 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25898 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25899 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25900 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25902 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25903 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25905 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25906 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25907 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25910 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25911 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25912 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25913 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25914 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25915 `default-process-coding-system'.
25917 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25919 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25921 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25922 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25924 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25925 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25928 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25929 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25930 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25931 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25933 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25934 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25936 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25937 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25938 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25941 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25942 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25943 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25944 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25945 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25946 `default-process-coding-system'.
25948 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25950 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25952 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25953 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25955 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25956 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25959 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25960 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25962 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25963 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25965 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25966 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25967 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25970 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25971 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25972 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25973 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25974 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25975 `default-process-coding-system'.
25977 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25979 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25981 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25982 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25984 SQLite is free software.
25986 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25987 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25990 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25991 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25992 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25993 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25995 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25996 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25998 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25999 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26000 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26003 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26004 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26005 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26006 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26007 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26008 `default-process-coding-system'.
26010 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26012 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26014 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26015 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26017 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26019 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26020 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26023 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26024 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26025 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26026 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26028 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26029 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26031 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26032 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26033 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26036 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26037 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26038 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26039 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26040 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26041 `default-process-coding-system'.
26043 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26045 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26047 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26048 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26050 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26051 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26054 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26055 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26058 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26059 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26061 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26062 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26063 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26066 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26067 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26068 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26069 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26070 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26071 `default-process-coding-system'.
26073 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26075 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26077 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26078 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26080 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26081 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26084 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26085 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26087 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26088 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26090 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26091 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26092 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26095 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26096 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26097 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26098 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26099 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26100 `default-process-coding-system'.
26102 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26104 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26106 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26107 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26109 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26110 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26113 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26114 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26115 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26116 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26118 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26119 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26121 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26122 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26123 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26126 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26127 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26128 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26129 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26130 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26131 `default-process-coding-system'.
26133 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26135 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26137 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26138 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26140 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26141 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26144 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26145 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26146 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26147 `sql-postgres-options'.
26149 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26150 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26152 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26153 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26154 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26157 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26158 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26159 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26160 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26161 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26162 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26163 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26164 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26166 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26167 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26169 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26171 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26173 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26174 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26176 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26177 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26180 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26181 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26184 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26185 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26187 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26188 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26189 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26192 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26193 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26194 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26195 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26196 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26197 `default-process-coding-system'.
26199 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26201 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26203 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26204 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26206 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26207 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26210 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26213 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26214 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26216 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26217 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26218 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26219 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26221 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26222 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26223 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26226 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26227 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26228 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26229 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26230 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26231 `default-process-coding-system'.
26233 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26235 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26237 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26238 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26240 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26241 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26244 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26245 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26246 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26247 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26250 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26251 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26252 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26253 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26256 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26257 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26259 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26260 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26261 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26264 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26266 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26268 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26269 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26271 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (22330 59913 920323
26277 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26278 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26283 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 926323 578000))
26284 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26286 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26287 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26291 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (22331 17372
26296 ;;;;;; 36369 466000))
26297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26299 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26300 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26301 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26302 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26303 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26304 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26305 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26306 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26307 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26308 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26310 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26311 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26312 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26313 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26315 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (22330 59913 915323
26321 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26323 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26324 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26325 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26326 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26327 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26328 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26330 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26332 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26334 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26335 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26336 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26337 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26338 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26339 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26340 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26342 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26344 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26345 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26346 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26347 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26348 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26349 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26350 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26352 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26354 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26355 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26356 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26358 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26360 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26361 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26362 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26364 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26366 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26367 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26369 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26371 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26372 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26376 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26377 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26381 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26382 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26383 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26385 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26387 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26389 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26390 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26391 See the `strokes-mode' command
26392 for a description of this minor mode.
26393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26394 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26395 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26397 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26399 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26400 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26401 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26402 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26403 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26405 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26406 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26407 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26408 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26409 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26411 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26412 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26413 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26414 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26416 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26420 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26421 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26422 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26423 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26425 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26427 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26428 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (22330 59913 969323
26436 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26438 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26439 Studlify-case the region.
26441 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26443 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26444 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26446 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26448 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26449 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (22330 59913
26456 ;;;;;; 985323 396000))
26457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26459 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26461 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26462 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26463 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26464 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26465 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26467 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26468 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26469 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26470 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26472 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26473 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26474 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26476 Nomenclature Subwords
26477 ===========================================================
26478 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26479 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26480 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26482 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26483 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26485 \\{subword-mode-map}
26487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26489 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26490 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
26491 See the `global-subword-mode' command
26492 for a description of this minor mode.
26493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26495 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26497 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26499 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26500 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26501 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26502 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26503 ARG is omitted or nil.
26505 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26506 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26507 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26511 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26512 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26514 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26515 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26517 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26518 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26519 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26520 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26522 \\{superword-mode-map}
26524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26526 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26527 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
26528 See the `global-superword-mode' command
26529 for a description of this minor mode.
26530 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26531 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26532 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26534 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26536 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26537 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26538 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26539 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26540 ARG is omitted or nil.
26542 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26543 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26544 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (22330 59913
26551 ;;;;;; 948323 511000))
26552 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26554 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26555 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26556 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26557 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26558 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26559 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26560 original message but it does require a few things:
26562 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26564 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26567 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26568 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26571 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26573 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26575 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26576 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26577 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (22330 59913 915323
26585 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26587 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26589 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26590 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26591 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
26592 for a description of this minor mode.
26593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26595 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26597 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26599 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26600 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26601 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26602 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26603 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26605 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26606 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26607 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26609 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
26610 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
26611 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
26613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
26618 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26620 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26621 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26622 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26625 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26626 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26627 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26629 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26631 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26632 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26633 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26634 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26635 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26638 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26639 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26640 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26642 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (22331 17372 118369
26648 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26650 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26651 Insert an editable text table.
26652 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26653 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26654 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26655 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26656 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26657 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26662 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26664 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26669 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26670 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26671 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26672 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26675 +-----+-----+-----+
26677 +-----+-----+-----+
26679 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26681 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26682 width, which results as
26684 +--------------+-----+-----+
26686 +--------------+-----+-----+
26688 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26689 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26691 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26693 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26695 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26696 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26697 width information to `table-insert'.
26699 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26705 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26708 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26709 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26711 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26714 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26716 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26718 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26721 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26724 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26726 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26728 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26731 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26734 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26737 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26738 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26739 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26741 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26744 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26747 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26750 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26752 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26755 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26758 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26759 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26760 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26761 | | |expected results.-!- |
26762 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26765 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26767 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26771 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26773 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26774 Insert N table row(s).
26775 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26776 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26777 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26778 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26782 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26783 Insert N table column(s).
26784 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26785 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26786 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26787 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26791 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26792 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26793 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26795 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26797 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26798 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26799 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26800 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26801 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26802 all the table specific features.
26804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26806 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26811 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26812 Recognize all tables within region.
26813 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26814 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26815 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26818 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26820 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26823 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26825 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26826 Recognize a table at point.
26827 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26828 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26829 the table specific features.
26831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26833 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26838 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26839 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26840 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26841 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26842 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26843 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26844 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26846 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26848 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26853 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26854 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26855 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26856 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26857 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26858 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26861 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26863 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26864 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26865 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26866 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26867 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26868 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26869 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26874 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26875 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26876 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26877 table's rectangle structure.
26879 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26881 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26882 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26883 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26884 table's rectangle structure.
26888 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26889 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26890 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26891 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26892 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26894 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26896 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26897 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26898 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26900 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26901 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26902 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26903 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26904 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26905 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26906 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26908 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26909 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26910 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26911 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26912 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26913 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26914 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26916 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26917 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26918 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26919 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26920 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26921 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26922 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26923 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26925 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26927 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26928 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26929 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26930 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26934 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26935 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26936 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26938 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26940 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26941 Split current cell vertically.
26942 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26946 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26947 Split current cell horizontally.
26948 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26952 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26953 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26954 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26956 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26958 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26959 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26960 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26961 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26963 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26965 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26966 Justify cell contents.
26967 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26968 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26969 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26970 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26972 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26974 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26975 Justify cells of a row.
26976 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26977 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26979 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26981 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26982 Justify cells of a column.
26983 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26984 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26986 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26988 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26989 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26990 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26991 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26992 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26993 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26994 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26995 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27000 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27001 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27002 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27003 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27004 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27005 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27006 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27007 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27008 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27009 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27010 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27012 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27014 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27015 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27016 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27017 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
27018 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27019 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27020 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27021 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27022 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27023 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27024 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27025 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27028 References used for this implementation:
27031 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27034 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27036 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27037 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27038 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27040 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27042 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27043 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27044 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27045 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27046 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27047 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27048 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27049 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27050 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27051 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27052 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27053 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27054 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27055 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27056 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27057 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
27058 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27063 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27064 (table-forward-cell 15)
27065 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27066 (table-forward-cell 16)
27067 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27068 (table-forward-cell 1)
27069 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
27072 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27073 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
27074 (table-forward-cell 1)
27075 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
27077 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27079 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27080 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27081 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27082 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27083 consists from cells of same height.
27087 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27088 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27089 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27090 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27091 column must consists from cells of same width.
27095 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27096 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27097 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27098 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27099 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27100 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27101 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27102 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27103 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27104 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27105 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27106 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
27107 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27108 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27109 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27118 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27119 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27120 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27123 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27125 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27127 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27129 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27133 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27134 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27135 of each row is optional.
27140 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27141 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27142 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27143 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27144 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27146 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27147 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27149 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27150 expression and raw delimiter regular
27151 expression, it parses the specified text
27152 area and extracts cell items from
27153 non-table text and then forms a table out
27156 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27157 creates a single cell table. The text in
27158 the specified region is placed in that
27161 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27164 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27165 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27166 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27168 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27169 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27170 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27171 | area and extracts cell items from |
27172 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27175 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27176 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27177 | the specified region is placed in that |
27179 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27181 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27182 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27185 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27186 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27187 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27188 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27189 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27190 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27191 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27192 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27193 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27195 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27196 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27197 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27198 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27200 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27202 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27203 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27204 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27206 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27208 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27209 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27210 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27211 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27212 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
27219 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27221 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27222 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27224 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27226 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27227 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (22330 59913 915323
27235 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27237 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27238 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27239 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27240 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27241 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27242 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27243 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27245 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27246 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27247 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27248 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27250 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (22330 59913 985323
27259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27261 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27262 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27263 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27264 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27265 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27266 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27268 Variables controlling indentation style:
27270 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27271 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27272 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27274 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27275 documentation for details):
27276 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27277 Controls action of TAB key.
27279 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27280 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27281 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27282 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27283 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27285 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27286 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27291 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27292 Run inferior Tcl process.
27293 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27294 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27298 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27299 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27300 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27302 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (22330 59913 954323
27308 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27310 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27311 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27312 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27313 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27315 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27316 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27317 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27318 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27319 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27321 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27323 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27324 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27325 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27326 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22331 17372 109369 207000))
27333 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27335 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27336 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27337 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27338 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27339 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27340 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27342 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27344 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27345 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27346 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27347 commands to use in that buffer.
27349 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27351 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27353 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27354 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27356 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27358 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27359 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27360 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27361 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27362 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27363 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27364 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27365 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27366 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27367 use in that buffer.
27368 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27370 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (22330
27375 ;;;;;; 59913 930323 566000))
27376 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27378 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27379 Start coverage on function under point.
27385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22330 59913 970323
27387 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27388 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27390 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27391 Play the Tetris game.
27392 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27393 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27394 as to form complete rows.
27396 tetris-mode keybindings:
27397 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27398 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27399 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27400 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27401 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27402 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27403 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27404 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27405 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22331 17372
27412 ;;;;;; 119369 171000))
27413 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27415 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27416 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27418 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27420 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27421 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27422 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27423 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27424 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27426 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27428 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27429 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27430 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27431 if it matches the first line of the file,
27432 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27434 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27436 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27437 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27438 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27439 if the variable is non-nil.")
27441 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27443 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27444 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27446 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27448 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27449 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27450 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27451 See the documentation of that variable.")
27453 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27455 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27456 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27457 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27458 See the documentation of that variable.")
27460 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27462 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27463 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27464 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27465 See the documentation of that variable.")
27467 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27469 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27470 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27471 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27472 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27473 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27475 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27477 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27478 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27479 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27480 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27482 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27484 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27485 User defined LaTeX block names.
27486 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27488 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27490 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27491 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27492 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27493 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27495 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27497 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27498 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27499 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27500 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27502 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27504 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27505 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27506 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27507 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27509 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27510 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27513 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27514 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27516 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27519 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27521 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27522 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27523 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27524 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27525 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27527 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27529 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27531 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27532 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27533 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27535 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27537 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27538 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27539 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27540 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27541 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27543 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27545 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27546 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27548 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27550 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27551 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27553 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27555 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27556 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27557 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27558 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27559 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27560 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27561 says which mode to use.
27565 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27567 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27569 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27571 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27572 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27573 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27574 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27575 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27577 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27578 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27579 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27580 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27581 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27582 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27583 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27585 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27586 mismatched $'s or braces.
27589 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27593 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27595 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27596 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27597 tex-dvi-print-command
27598 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27599 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27600 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27601 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27602 tex-dvi-view-command
27603 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27604 tex-show-queue-command
27605 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27606 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27608 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27609 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27610 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27614 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27615 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27616 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27617 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27618 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27620 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27621 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27622 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27623 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27624 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27625 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27626 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27628 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27629 mismatched $'s or braces.
27636 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27638 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27639 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27640 tex-dvi-print-command
27641 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27642 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27643 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27644 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27645 tex-dvi-view-command
27646 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27647 tex-show-queue-command
27648 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27649 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27651 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27652 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27653 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27657 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27658 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27659 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27660 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27661 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27663 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27664 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27665 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27666 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27667 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27668 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27669 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27671 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27672 mismatched $'s or braces.
27675 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27679 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27681 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27682 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27683 tex-dvi-print-command
27684 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27685 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27686 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27687 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27688 tex-dvi-view-command
27689 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27690 tex-show-queue-command
27691 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27692 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27694 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27695 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27696 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27697 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27701 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27706 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27707 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22330 59913
27714 ;;;;;; 991323 378000))
27715 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27717 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27718 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27719 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27720 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27722 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27723 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27724 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27726 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27728 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27729 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27730 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27731 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27732 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27734 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27736 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27737 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27738 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27739 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27741 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27742 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27743 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27744 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27746 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27747 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27749 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22331 17372
27754 ;;;;;; 119369 171000))
27755 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27757 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27758 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27760 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27762 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27763 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27765 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27767 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27768 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27770 It has these extra commands:
27771 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27773 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27774 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27775 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27776 modified version of TeX input format.
27778 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27779 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27780 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27781 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27783 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27784 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27785 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27786 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27787 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27788 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27789 in the Texinfo file.
27791 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27792 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27793 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27794 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27795 move forward past the closing brace.
27797 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27798 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27800 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27801 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27802 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27804 Here are the functions:
27806 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27807 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27808 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27810 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27811 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27812 texinfo-master-menu
27814 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27816 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27817 which menu descriptions are indented.
27819 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27820 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27823 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27824 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27825 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27826 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27828 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27829 be the first node in the file.
27831 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27832 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (22330
27839 ;;;;;; 59913 941323 532000))
27840 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27842 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27843 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27844 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27845 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27847 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27849 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27850 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27852 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27854 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27855 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27859 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27862 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22331 17372 120369
27868 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27870 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27871 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27872 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27873 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27874 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27875 `line', and `page'.
27877 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27879 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27880 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27881 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27882 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27883 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27884 `line', and `page'.
27886 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27889 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27890 positions of the thing found.
27892 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27894 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27895 Return the THING at point.
27896 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27897 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27898 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27899 `line', `number', and `page'.
27901 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27902 strip text properties from the return value.
27904 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27905 a symbol as a valid THING.
27907 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27909 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27910 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27914 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27915 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27919 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27920 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27924 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27925 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
27932 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27934 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27935 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27939 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27940 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27941 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27942 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27944 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27946 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27947 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27951 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27952 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27956 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27958 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27959 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22330 59913
27966 ;;;;;; 931323 563000))
27967 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27968 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (22330
27973 ;;;;;; 59913 941323 532000))
27974 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27976 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27977 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27978 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27982 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27983 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27985 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27987 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27988 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27989 The returned string has no composition information.
27991 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27993 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27994 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27996 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27998 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27999 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28001 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28003 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28004 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28005 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28006 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28008 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28010 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28011 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28012 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28013 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28015 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28017 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28018 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28019 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28023 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28024 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28025 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28029 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28032 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28034 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28037 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28039 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28042 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22330 59913
28047 ;;;;;; 991323 378000))
28048 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28049 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28051 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28052 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28053 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28054 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28056 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28057 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28058 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28060 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28062 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28063 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28064 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28065 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28067 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28068 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28069 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28071 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28073 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
28074 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
28077 * character before point is a space character,
28078 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
28080 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
28081 characters) from before the space character, and
28082 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
28083 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
28087 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
28088 * character before point is a space character, and
28089 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
28090 `tildify-space-string' variable,
28091 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
28093 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
28097 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
28098 Adds electric behavior to space character.
28100 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
28101 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
28102 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
28103 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
28105 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
28106 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
28107 variable will be set to the representation.
28109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22330 59913 743324 144000))
28114 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28116 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28117 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28119 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28120 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28122 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28123 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28124 This display updates automatically every minute.
28125 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28126 are displayed as well.
28127 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28131 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28132 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28133 See the `display-time-mode' command
28134 for a description of this minor mode.
28135 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28136 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28137 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28139 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28141 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28142 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28143 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28144 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28145 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28147 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28148 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28149 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28150 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28151 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28155 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28156 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28157 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28158 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28162 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28163 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28164 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28165 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28167 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28169 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28170 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22331
28177 ;;;;;; 17371 982369 658000))
28178 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28180 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28181 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28182 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28184 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28185 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28186 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28187 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28188 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28189 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28191 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28192 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
28194 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28196 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28197 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28199 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28201 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28202 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28203 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28205 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28207 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28208 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
28209 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
28210 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
28212 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28213 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28214 DATE should be a date-time string.
28216 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28218 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28219 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28220 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28222 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28224 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28225 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28227 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28229 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28230 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28232 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28234 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28235 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28236 TIME should be a time value.
28237 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28239 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28241 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28242 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28243 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28245 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28247 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28248 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28249 The valid format specifiers are:
28250 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28251 %d is the number of days.
28252 %h is the number of hours.
28253 %m is the number of minutes.
28254 %s is the number of seconds.
28255 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28256 %% is a literal \"%\".
28258 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28259 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28261 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28262 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28263 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28265 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28266 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28267 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28269 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28271 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28273 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28274 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28276 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (22331 17372 120369
28282 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28283 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28284 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28285 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28286 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28287 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28288 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28289 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28290 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28292 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28293 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28294 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28295 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28296 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28297 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28298 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28299 look like one of the following:
28302 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28303 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28304 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28305 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28306 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28307 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28308 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28313 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28314 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28315 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (22331
28322 ;;;;;; 17371 983369 654000))
28323 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28324 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28326 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28327 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28328 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
28329 for a description of this minor mode.
28330 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28331 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28332 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28334 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28336 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28337 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28338 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28339 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28340 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28341 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28342 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28343 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28344 display (non-nil means on).
28346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28348 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28349 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28350 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28351 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28352 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28353 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28354 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28355 this function is called within a day.
28357 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28358 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28359 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28360 discover the name of the project.
28362 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28364 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28365 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28366 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28367 begun during the last time segment.
28369 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28370 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28371 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28372 discover the reason.
28374 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28376 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28377 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28378 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28379 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28380 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28382 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28384 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28385 Change to working on a different project.
28386 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28387 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28388 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28391 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28393 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28394 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28395 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28399 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28400 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28401 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28405 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28406 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28407 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28408 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28409 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28410 \"relative to today\".
28412 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28414 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28415 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28416 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28417 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28419 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28421 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28422 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28423 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28424 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28425 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28426 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28428 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28433 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 940323 535000))
28434 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28436 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28437 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28438 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28439 the generated Quail package is saved.
28441 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28443 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28444 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28445 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28446 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28447 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28448 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28449 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28451 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (22330 59913 743324 144000))
28456 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28457 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28458 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28460 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28461 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28462 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28463 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28464 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28466 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28467 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28468 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28470 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28472 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28473 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28474 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28475 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28476 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28478 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28480 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28481 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28482 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28483 in the menu in two ways:
28484 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28485 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28486 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28488 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28489 keymap or an alist of alists.
28490 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28491 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28493 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22330
28498 ;;;;;; 59913 919323 600000))
28499 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28501 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28502 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28504 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
28505 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
28506 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
28507 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
28508 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
28509 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28510 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28511 file was last visited.
28513 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28514 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28515 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28516 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28517 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28518 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28519 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28520 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28521 for the first item.
28523 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28524 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28525 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28526 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28527 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28528 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28529 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28530 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28532 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28533 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28534 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28535 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28536 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28538 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28540 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28541 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28547 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28548 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28550 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28554 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28555 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28557 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (22330 59913 915323
28565 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28567 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28568 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28569 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28573 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28574 Add an item to the tool bar.
28575 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28576 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28577 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28578 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28580 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28581 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28582 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28583 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28585 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28586 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28588 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28590 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28591 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28592 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28593 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28594 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28595 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28597 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28598 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28599 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28600 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28602 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28604 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28605 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28606 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28607 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28608 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28609 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28610 properties to add to the binding.
28612 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28614 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28615 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28617 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28619 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28620 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28621 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28622 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28623 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28624 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28625 properties to add to the binding.
28627 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28630 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (22330 59913 931323
28636 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28638 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28639 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28640 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28641 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28642 to a tcp server on another machine.
28644 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (22330 59913
28649 ;;;;;; 931323 563000))
28650 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28652 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28653 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28655 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28657 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28658 Helper function to get internal values.
28659 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28661 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28663 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28664 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28665 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28666 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28668 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28669 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28670 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28671 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28672 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28674 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28675 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28676 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28677 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28679 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28681 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28683 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28684 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28685 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28686 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28688 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28690 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22331 17372 65369 363000))
28695 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28697 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28698 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28699 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28701 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28703 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28704 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28706 It can have the following values:
28708 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28709 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28711 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28713 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28714 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28715 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28716 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28718 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28720 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28721 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28722 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28723 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28725 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28726 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28727 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28728 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28729 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28730 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28731 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28732 files which are not really Tramp files.
28734 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28735 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28736 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28737 updated after changing this variable.
28739 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28741 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28742 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28743 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28744 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28746 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28748 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28749 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28750 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28751 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28753 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28754 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28755 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28757 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28758 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28759 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28760 updated after changing this variable.
28762 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28764 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28765 Alist of completion handler functions.
28766 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28767 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28768 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28770 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28771 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28772 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28773 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28775 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28776 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28777 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28779 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28780 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28782 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28783 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28785 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28787 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28792 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28793 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28795 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28797 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28798 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28800 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28802 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28803 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (22331 17372
28810 ;;;;;; 61369 377000))
28811 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28813 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (22331 17372 65369
28822 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
28823 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 2 13 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22330 59913 915323
28829 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28831 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28832 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28833 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28834 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28835 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28836 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28837 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28838 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28840 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28841 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28842 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28844 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28845 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28848 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (22330 59913
28853 ;;;;;; 941323 532000))
28854 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28856 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28859 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (22330
28864 ;;;;;; 59913 991323 378000))
28865 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28866 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28867 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28868 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28870 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28871 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28872 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28873 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28874 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28875 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28876 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28878 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28880 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28881 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28882 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28883 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28885 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28889 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28890 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28891 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28892 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28893 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28894 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28895 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28897 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28898 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28900 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28903 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28905 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22330 59913 915323
28913 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28915 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28916 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28917 See the `type-break-mode' command
28918 for a description of this minor mode.
28919 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28920 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28921 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28923 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28925 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28926 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28927 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28929 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28930 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28931 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28932 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28933 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28934 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28935 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28937 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28938 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28940 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28941 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28942 reset the keystroke counter.
28944 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28945 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28946 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28947 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28949 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28950 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28951 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28952 `type-break-schedule' command.
28954 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28955 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28956 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28957 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28958 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28959 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28960 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28961 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28962 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28964 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28965 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28966 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28967 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28968 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28970 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28971 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28972 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28973 approximate good values for this.
28975 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28976 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28978 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28979 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28980 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28981 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28982 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28983 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28985 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28986 a typing break occur. They include:
28988 `type-break-query-mode'
28989 `type-break-query-function'
28990 `type-break-query-interval'
28992 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28994 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28995 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28996 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29001 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29002 Take a typing break.
29004 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29005 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29007 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29008 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29012 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29013 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29014 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29015 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29019 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29020 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29022 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29023 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29024 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29025 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29026 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29027 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29028 average typing speed.)
29030 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29031 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29032 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29033 the computed maximum threshold.
29035 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29036 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29037 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29038 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29039 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29041 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22330 59913 948323 511000))
29046 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29048 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29049 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29050 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29051 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29052 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29054 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
29059 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 940323 535000))
29060 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29062 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29063 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29065 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29067 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29068 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29070 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29072 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29073 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29075 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29077 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29078 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29080 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29082 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29083 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29085 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29087 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29088 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29090 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29092 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29093 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29095 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29097 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29098 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29100 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29102 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29103 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29105 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29107 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29108 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29110 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29112 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29113 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29115 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29117 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29118 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29120 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (22330
29125 ;;;;;; 59913 991323 378000))
29126 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29128 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29129 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29130 Works by overstriking underscores.
29131 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29132 which specify the range to operate on.
29134 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29136 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29137 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29138 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29139 which specify the range to operate on.
29141 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (22330 59913 948323
29147 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29149 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29150 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
29151 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29152 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29153 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29154 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29158 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29159 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
29160 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
29162 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (22330 59913
29167 ;;;;;; 931323 563000))
29168 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29170 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29171 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29172 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29173 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29175 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (22331 17372 121369 164000))
29180 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29182 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29183 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29184 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29185 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29186 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29188 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29189 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29190 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29191 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
29192 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
29193 occurred. Each pair is one of:
29195 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29196 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29197 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29199 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29200 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29201 the callback is not called).
29203 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29204 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29205 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29208 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29209 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29211 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29212 URL-encoded before it's used.
29214 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29216 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29217 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29218 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29219 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29220 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29221 If SILENT is non-nil, don't display progress reports and similar messages.
29222 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, cookies will neither be stored nor sent
29225 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (22330 59913 992323
29231 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29233 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29234 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29235 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29237 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29238 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29239 `url-generic-parse-url'
29240 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29241 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29242 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29244 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29245 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29246 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29247 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29248 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29249 what type of auth to use
29250 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29251 if one cannot be found in the cache
29253 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29255 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29256 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29258 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29259 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29260 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29261 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29262 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29263 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29264 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29265 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29267 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (22330 59913
29272 ;;;;;; 992323 375000))
29273 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29275 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29276 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29278 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29280 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29281 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29282 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29284 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29286 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29287 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29289 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (22330 59913 992323
29295 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29297 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29300 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22330 59913 992323
29306 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29308 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29309 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29310 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29312 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29314 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29315 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29316 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29317 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29319 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29320 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29321 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29324 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29326 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29327 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29328 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29330 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29332 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29335 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (22330 59913 992323
29341 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29343 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29344 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29346 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22331 17372 120369
29352 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29354 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29355 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29359 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29360 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29361 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29362 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29363 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29365 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29366 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29368 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22331
29373 ;;;;;; 17372 120369 168000))
29374 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29376 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29377 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29378 See the `url-handler-mode' command
29379 for a description of this minor mode.
29380 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29381 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29382 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29384 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29386 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29387 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29388 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29389 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29390 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29394 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29395 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29396 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29397 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29399 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29401 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29402 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29403 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29404 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29405 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29406 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29407 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29408 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29409 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29410 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29412 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29414 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29415 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29416 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29419 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29421 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
29422 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
29423 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
29424 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
29426 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29428 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29431 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22331 17372 121369
29437 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29438 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29440 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29441 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29442 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29443 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29444 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (22330 59913 992323
29450 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29452 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29455 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (22330 59913 992323
29461 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29463 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29464 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29465 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29466 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29467 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29469 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (22330 59913
29474 ;;;;;; 992323 375000))
29475 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29477 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29480 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29482 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29483 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29485 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (22330 59913 992323
29491 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29493 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29494 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29496 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29498 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29499 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29501 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29503 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29506 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29508 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29510 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29512 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29514 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29515 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29517 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (22330 59913 992323
29523 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29525 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29528 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29530 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29533 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (22330 59913 992323
29539 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29541 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29544 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29546 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29549 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29551 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29554 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29556 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29559 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29561 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29564 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29566 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29569 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29571 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29574 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (22330 59913
29579 ;;;;;; 992323 375000))
29580 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29582 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29583 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29585 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29587 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29588 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29589 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29591 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29592 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29593 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29594 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29595 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29596 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29597 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29598 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29599 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29600 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29601 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29602 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29603 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29604 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29606 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29607 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29608 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29610 Here is an example. The URL
29612 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29618 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29619 HOST = \"example.com\"
29621 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29626 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (22330 59913
29631 ;;;;;; 992323 375000))
29632 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29634 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29635 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (22331 17372
29642 ;;;;;; 121369 164000))
29643 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29645 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29646 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29647 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29648 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29649 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29650 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29652 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (22330 59913
29657 ;;;;;; 992323 375000))
29658 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29660 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29661 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
29662 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29664 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29666 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29667 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29668 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29669 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29671 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (22331 17372 121369
29677 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29679 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29680 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29681 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29683 If t, all messages will be logged.
29684 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29685 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29687 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29689 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29692 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29694 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29697 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29699 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29700 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29701 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29702 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29703 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29709 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29711 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29712 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29713 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29715 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29717 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29718 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29719 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29721 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29723 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29724 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29726 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29728 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29729 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29733 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29734 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29738 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29741 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29743 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29746 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29748 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29750 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29751 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29753 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29755 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29756 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29758 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29760 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29763 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29765 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29766 Build a query-string.
29768 Given a QUERY in the form:
29775 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29777 This will return a string
29778 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29779 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29782 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29784 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29785 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29787 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29789 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29790 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29791 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29792 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29793 forbidden in URL encoding.
29795 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29797 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29798 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29799 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29800 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29801 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29802 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29804 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29805 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29806 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29807 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29809 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29811 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29812 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29813 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29814 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29815 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29816 should return it unchanged.
29818 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29820 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29821 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29822 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29823 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29825 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29827 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29828 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29829 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29831 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29833 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29834 View the current document's URL.
29835 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29838 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29840 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (22330 59913 915323
29846 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29848 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29849 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29850 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29851 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29852 to refrain from editing the file
29853 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29854 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29855 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29856 in any way you like.
29858 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29860 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29861 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29862 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29863 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29864 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29866 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29867 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (22330 59913
29874 ;;;;;; 940323 535000))
29875 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29877 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29880 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29882 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29885 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29887 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29890 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29892 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29895 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (22331 17372 37369 462000))
29900 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29902 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29903 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29905 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (22330 59913
29910 ;;;;;; 948323 511000))
29911 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29913 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29914 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29915 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29916 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29918 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29920 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29921 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29922 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29924 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29926 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29927 Uudecode region between START and END.
29928 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29930 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22330 59914 13323 310000))
29935 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29937 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29938 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29941 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29943 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29944 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29945 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29947 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29949 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29950 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29953 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29955 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29956 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29958 If FILE is already registered, return the
29959 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29960 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29961 responsible for FILE is returned.
29963 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29965 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29966 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29967 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29968 same state. If not, signal an error.
29970 For merging-based version control systems:
29971 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29972 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29973 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29974 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29975 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29976 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29978 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29979 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29980 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29981 the file(s) for editing.
29982 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29983 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29984 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29985 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29986 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29988 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29990 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29991 Register into a version control system.
29992 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29993 Otherwise register the current file.
29994 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29996 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29997 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29998 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29999 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30000 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30001 first backend that could register the file is used.
30003 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30005 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30006 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30008 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30010 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30011 Display diffs between file revisions.
30012 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30013 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30014 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30016 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30019 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30021 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30022 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30023 repository history using ediff.
30025 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30027 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30028 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30029 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30030 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30031 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30033 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30036 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30038 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30039 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30040 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30041 fileset with the working revision.
30042 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30043 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30045 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30048 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30050 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
30051 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
30052 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
30056 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30057 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30058 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30059 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30063 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30064 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30065 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30066 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30070 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30071 Perform a version control merge operation.
30072 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30073 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30074 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30075 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30077 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30078 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30079 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30080 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30081 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30082 changes from the current branch.
30086 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
30087 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
30089 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
30091 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30093 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30094 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30095 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30096 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30097 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30098 checked out in that new branch.
30100 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30102 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30103 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
30104 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
30105 named branch in the directory DIR.
30106 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
30107 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
30108 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
30109 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30110 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30111 allowed and simply skipped).
30113 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30115 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30116 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30117 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30118 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30119 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30121 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30122 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30124 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30126 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30127 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30128 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30129 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30130 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30132 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30134 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30135 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30136 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30138 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30140 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30141 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30142 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30144 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30146 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
30147 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
30149 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30151 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30152 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30153 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30154 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30158 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30160 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30161 Update the current fileset or branch.
30162 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30163 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30164 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30165 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
30168 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30169 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30170 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30171 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30172 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30176 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30178 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
30179 Push the current branch.
30180 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30181 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
30182 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
30183 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
30184 VCS command to run.
30186 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
30187 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
30189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30191 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30192 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30193 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30194 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30195 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30196 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30197 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30199 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30201 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30202 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30203 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30204 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30205 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30206 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30207 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30208 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30209 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30211 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30213 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30214 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30215 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
30216 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30220 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30221 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30222 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
30223 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30225 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30227 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30228 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30229 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30232 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30234 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30235 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30236 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30238 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30239 log entries should be gathered.
30241 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30243 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30244 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30246 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22330 59914
30251 ;;;;;; 13323 310000))
30252 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30254 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30255 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30257 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30258 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30259 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30260 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30261 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30262 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30264 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30265 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30266 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30267 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30268 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30269 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30270 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30271 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30273 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30275 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30277 Customization variables:
30279 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30280 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30281 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30282 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30283 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30284 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30286 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22331 17372 123369
30292 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30294 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30295 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30297 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30298 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30299 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30300 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30302 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30303 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22331 17372 123369
30309 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30310 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30311 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30312 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30313 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30314 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30315 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22330 59914 13323
30321 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30323 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30324 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30325 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30326 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30327 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30329 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30330 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30331 The file lines appear later.
30333 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30334 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30336 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30338 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30340 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (22331
30345 ;;;;;; 17372 124369 153000))
30346 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30348 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30349 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30350 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30351 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30352 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30353 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30354 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30355 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30356 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30357 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30358 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30359 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30360 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30361 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30362 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30364 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22331 17372 124369
30370 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30371 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30372 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30373 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30375 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30376 (vc-git-registered file))))
30380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22331 17372 124369 153000))
30381 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30382 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30383 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30384 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30386 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30387 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22330 59914 13323
30393 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30395 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30396 Name of the monotone directory.")
30398 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30399 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30400 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30401 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30403 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30404 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22331 17372 125369
30410 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30412 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30413 Where to look for RCS master files.
30414 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30416 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30418 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22330 59914 13323
30424 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30426 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30427 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30428 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30430 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30432 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30434 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30435 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30436 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30437 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22331 17372 125369
30443 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30445 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30446 Where to look for SRC master files.
30447 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30449 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30451 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22330 59914 13323
30457 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30458 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30459 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30460 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30463 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30464 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30465 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22330
30470 ;;;;;; 59913 985323 396000))
30471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30472 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30473 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30475 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30476 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30481 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30482 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30483 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30484 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30486 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30487 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30488 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30491 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30492 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30494 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30495 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30497 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30498 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30499 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30501 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30507 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30508 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30510 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30512 Official distribution is at
30513 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30516 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30517 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30529 ;;;;;; (22331 17372 102369 231000))
30530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30532 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30533 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30534 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30535 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30536 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30538 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30540 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30541 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30543 Supports highlighting.
30545 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30546 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30548 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30550 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30551 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30552 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30553 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30554 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30555 on the left side of your screen.
30556 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30557 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30558 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30559 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30560 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30561 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30563 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30564 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30565 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30566 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30569 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30570 Indentation for case statements.
30571 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30572 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30574 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30575 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30576 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30577 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30578 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30579 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30580 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30581 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30582 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30584 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30588 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30589 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30590 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30591 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30592 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30593 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30594 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30595 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30596 comments in tight quarters.
30597 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30598 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30600 Variables controlling other actions:
30602 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30603 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30604 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30606 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30608 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30610 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30611 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30612 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30614 Some other functions are:
30616 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30617 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30618 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30619 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30620 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30622 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30623 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30624 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30625 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30627 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30628 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30629 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30630 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30631 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30632 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30633 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30634 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30635 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30636 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30637 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30638 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30639 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30640 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30641 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30642 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30643 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30644 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30645 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30646 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30647 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30648 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30649 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30650 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30651 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30652 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30653 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30654 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30655 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30656 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30657 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30659 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30660 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30662 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22330
30669 ;;;;;; 59913 977323 421000))
30670 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30672 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30673 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30678 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30679 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30680 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30681 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30682 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30683 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30684 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30685 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30686 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30688 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30689 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30690 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30691 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30693 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30694 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30695 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30696 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30697 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30699 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30700 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30704 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30705 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30706 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30710 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30711 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30712 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30713 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30715 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30716 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30717 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30718 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30719 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30723 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30724 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30725 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30726 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30728 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30729 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30730 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30731 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30732 beginning with \"std\").
30734 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30735 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30736 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30741 `--' puts a single comment.
30742 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30743 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30744 with a comment in between.
30745 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30746 out following lines.
30747 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30748 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30749 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30750 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30752 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30753 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30754 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30755 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30756 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30759 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30760 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30761 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30762 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30763 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30764 multi-line comments.
30768 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30769 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30770 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30771 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30774 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30775 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30776 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30777 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30779 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30780 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
30781 tabs and vice versa.
30783 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30784 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30786 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30787 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30792 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30793 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30794 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30795 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30796 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30797 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30798 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30799 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30801 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30802 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30803 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30804 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30805 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30808 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30809 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30810 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30812 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30813 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30817 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30818 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30819 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30820 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30821 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30822 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30825 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30826 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30827 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30828 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30831 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30835 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30836 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30837 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30838 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30839 internal signal initializations (menu).
30841 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30842 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30843 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30845 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30846 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30847 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30848 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30849 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30850 in subsequent paste operations.)
30852 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30853 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30854 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30857 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30858 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30859 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30860 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30861 association list with formals).
30864 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30865 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30866 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30867 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30868 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30869 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30870 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30871 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30876 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30880 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30884 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30885 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30886 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30888 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30889 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30892 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30893 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30894 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30895 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30897 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30898 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30899 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30901 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30902 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30903 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30904 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30906 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30907 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30908 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30909 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30910 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30912 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30913 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30914 required by secondary units.
30917 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30918 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30919 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30920 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30921 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30922 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30923 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30924 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30925 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30926 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30927 inputs to this component -> input port created
30928 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30929 outputs from this component -> output port created
30930 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30931 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30933 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30934 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30935 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30936 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30937 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30939 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30940 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30942 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30943 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30944 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30945 component instantiation is also supported (option
30946 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30948 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30949 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30950 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30951 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30952 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30953 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30954 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30955 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30956 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30957 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30958 generating the configuration.
30960 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30961 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30962 configurations in speedbar.
30964 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30967 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30968 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30969 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30970 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30971 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30972 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30973 information. New compilers can be added.
30975 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30976 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30979 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30980 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30981 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30982 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30983 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30985 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30988 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30989 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30990 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30992 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30993 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30994 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30995 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30996 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30997 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30998 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30999 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
31000 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31003 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31004 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31005 not (yet) supported.
31006 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31007 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31008 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31012 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31013 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31014 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31015 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31016 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31017 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31018 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31019 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31021 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31022 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31023 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31024 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31025 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31026 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31027 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31028 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31029 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31030 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31031 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31035 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31036 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31037 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31038 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31039 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
31040 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31041 current directory for VHDL source files.
31045 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31046 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31050 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31051 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31052 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31053 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31054 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31055 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31056 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31057 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31060 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31061 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31062 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31063 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31064 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31065 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31066 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31068 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31069 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31070 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31071 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31072 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31073 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31075 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31076 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31077 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
31078 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31079 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31082 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31083 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31084 highlighted if written in lower case.
31086 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31087 highlighted using a different background color if option
31088 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31090 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31091 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
31092 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31093 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31094 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31098 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31099 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31100 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31104 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31105 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31106 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31107 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31108 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31112 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31113 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31115 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31116 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31117 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31118 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31119 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31120 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31121 (used to obtain the port names).
31122 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
31123 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
31128 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31129 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31133 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31134 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31135 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31136 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31137 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31138 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31139 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31144 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31145 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31146 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31147 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31148 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31150 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31151 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
31152 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31153 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31154 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31157 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31158 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
31162 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31163 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31164 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31166 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
31170 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31171 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31173 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31175 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31177 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31181 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31187 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
31188 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31190 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31192 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31193 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31194 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31195 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31197 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31198 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31199 where the latest version can be found.
31205 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31206 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31207 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31208 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31211 The VHDL Mode Authors
31212 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (22330
31224 ;;;;;; 59913 941323 532000))
31225 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31227 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31228 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31230 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31232 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31233 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31234 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31235 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31237 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31239 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31240 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31244 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31245 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31246 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31247 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31249 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31251 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31252 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31256 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31259 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31261 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31264 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
31269 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31271 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31272 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31273 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31275 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31277 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31278 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31279 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31280 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31282 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31284 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31285 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31287 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31289 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31290 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31291 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31292 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31293 moving around in the buffer.
31294 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31295 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31297 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31301 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31302 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31303 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31304 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31306 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31307 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31308 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31309 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31310 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31312 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31316 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31317 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31318 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31319 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31322 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31323 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31324 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31325 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31326 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31328 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31332 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31333 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31334 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31335 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31336 moving around in the buffer.
31337 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31338 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31340 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31342 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31343 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31344 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31346 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31347 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31348 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31349 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31351 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31352 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31353 own View-like bindings.
31355 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31357 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31358 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31359 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31360 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31361 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31362 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31363 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31365 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31367 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31369 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31370 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31371 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31373 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31374 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31375 own View-like bindings.
31377 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31379 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31380 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31381 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31382 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31383 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31384 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31385 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31387 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31389 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31391 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31392 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31393 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31395 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31396 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31397 own View-like bindings.
31399 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31401 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31402 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31403 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31404 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31405 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31407 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31408 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31409 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31410 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31414 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31415 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31416 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31417 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31418 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31419 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31420 to a repeat count of one.
31422 H, h, ? This message.
31423 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31424 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31425 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31426 > move to the end of buffer.
31427 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31428 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31429 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31430 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31431 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31432 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31433 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31434 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31435 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31436 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31437 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31438 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31439 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31440 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31441 Use this to view a changing file.
31442 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31443 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31444 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31446 x exchanges point and mark.
31447 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31448 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31449 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31450 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31451 ' go to position saved in character register.
31452 s do forward incremental search.
31453 r do reverse incremental search.
31454 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31455 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31456 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31457 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31458 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31459 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31460 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31461 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31462 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31463 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31464 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31465 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31466 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31467 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31468 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31469 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31470 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31472 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31473 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31474 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31475 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31476 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31477 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31478 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31479 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31480 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31482 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31486 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31487 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31488 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31489 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31490 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31491 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31492 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31493 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31494 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31496 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31498 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31500 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31501 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31502 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31503 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31504 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31505 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31507 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31508 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31509 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31511 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31513 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31515 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31517 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31518 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22331 17371 998369
31526 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31527 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31529 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31530 Toggle Viper on/off.
31531 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31535 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31536 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (22330
31543 ;;;;;; 59913 931323 563000))
31544 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31546 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31547 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31548 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31549 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31550 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31551 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31552 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31553 the beginning of the warning.")
31555 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31556 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31557 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31558 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31559 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31560 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31561 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31562 also call that function before the next warning.")
31564 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31565 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31567 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31568 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31569 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31570 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31572 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31573 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31574 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31575 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31576 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31577 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31579 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31580 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31581 Default is :warning.
31583 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31584 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31585 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31586 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31587 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31588 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31590 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31591 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31592 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31594 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31596 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31597 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31599 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31601 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31602 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31603 \\<special-mode-map>
31604 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31605 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31607 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31608 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31609 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31610 can be whatever you like.)
31612 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31613 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31615 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31616 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31617 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31618 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31619 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31621 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31623 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31624 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31625 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31626 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31627 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31629 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22331 17372 126369 146000))
31634 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31635 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31637 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31638 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31639 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31640 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31641 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31642 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31643 directories to reflect your edits.
31651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (22330 59913 954323
31653 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31655 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31656 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31658 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31661 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (22331
31669 ;;;;;; 17372 103369 228000))
31670 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31671 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31672 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31674 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31676 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31677 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31678 See the `which-function-mode' command
31679 for a description of this minor mode.
31680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31681 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31682 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31684 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31686 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31687 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31689 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31690 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31692 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31693 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31694 in certain major modes.
31696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22330 59913 743324
31702 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31703 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31705 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31706 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31711 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31712 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31716 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31717 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31718 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31719 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31720 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31722 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31723 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31724 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31725 use `whitespace-mode'.
31727 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31731 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31732 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
31733 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
31734 for a description of this minor mode.
31735 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31736 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31737 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31739 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31741 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31742 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31743 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31744 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31745 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31747 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31748 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31752 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31753 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31754 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
31755 for a description of this minor mode.
31756 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31757 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31758 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31760 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31762 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31763 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31764 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31765 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31766 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31768 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31769 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31770 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31771 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31773 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31777 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31778 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31780 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31781 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31783 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31784 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31786 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31790 f toggle face visualization
31791 t toggle TAB visualization
31792 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31793 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31794 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31795 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31796 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31797 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31798 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31799 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31800 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31801 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31802 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31803 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31804 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31805 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31806 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31807 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31809 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31810 T toggle TAB visualization
31811 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31812 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31814 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31815 ? display brief help
31817 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31818 The valid symbols are:
31820 face toggle face visualization
31821 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31822 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31823 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31824 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31825 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31826 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31827 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31828 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31829 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31830 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31831 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31832 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31833 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31834 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31835 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31836 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31837 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31839 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31840 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31841 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31843 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31845 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31849 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31850 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31852 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31853 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31855 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31856 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31858 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31862 f toggle face visualization
31863 t toggle TAB visualization
31864 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31865 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31866 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31867 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31868 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31869 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31870 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31871 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31872 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31873 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31874 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31875 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31876 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31877 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31878 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31879 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31881 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31882 T toggle TAB visualization
31883 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31884 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31886 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31887 ? display brief help
31889 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31890 The valid symbols are:
31892 face toggle face visualization
31893 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31894 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31895 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31896 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31897 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31898 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31899 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31900 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31901 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31902 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31903 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31904 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31905 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31906 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31907 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31908 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31909 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31911 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31912 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31913 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31915 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31917 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31921 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31922 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31924 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31925 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31926 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31927 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31928 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31930 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31932 The problems cleaned up are:
31934 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31935 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31936 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31937 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31939 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31940 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31941 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31942 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31944 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31945 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31946 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31947 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31949 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31950 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31951 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31952 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31953 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31954 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31955 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31956 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31958 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31959 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31960 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31962 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31963 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31964 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31965 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31966 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31967 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31968 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31969 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31971 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31976 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31977 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31979 The problems cleaned up are:
31981 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31982 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31983 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31984 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31986 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31987 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31988 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31989 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31991 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31992 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31993 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31994 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31995 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31996 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31997 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31998 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32000 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32001 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32002 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32004 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32005 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32006 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32007 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32008 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32009 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32010 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32011 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32013 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32016 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32018 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32019 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32021 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
32023 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32025 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32026 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32028 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32031 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32032 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32033 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32041 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
32042 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
32045 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32047 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32048 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32049 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32050 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32051 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32052 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32053 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32055 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32056 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32057 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32058 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32059 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32060 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32061 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32063 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32064 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32065 cleaning up these problems.
32067 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (22330 59913 916323
32073 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32075 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32076 Browse the widget under point.
32080 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32081 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32083 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32085 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32086 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32088 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32090 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32091 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
32092 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
32093 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
32094 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22331 17372 126369
32102 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32104 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32105 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32107 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32109 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32110 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32111 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32113 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32115 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32116 Create widget of TYPE.
32117 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32119 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32121 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32124 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32126 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32127 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32129 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32131 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "
\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32132 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32133 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32134 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32136 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32137 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (22330 59913 916323
32145 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32147 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32148 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32149 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32150 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32151 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32152 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32153 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32157 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32158 Select the window above the current one.
32159 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32160 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32161 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32162 negative ARG) of the current window.
32163 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32167 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32168 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32169 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32170 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32171 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32172 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32173 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32177 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32178 Select the window below the current one.
32179 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32180 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32181 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32182 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32183 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32187 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32188 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32189 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32190 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
32192 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22330 59913 743324 144000))
32197 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32199 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32200 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
32201 See the `winner-mode' command
32202 for a description of this minor mode.
32203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32204 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32205 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
32207 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32209 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32210 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
32211 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
32212 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32213 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
32215 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
32216 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
32217 into windows) so that the changes can be \"undone\" using the
32218 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
32219 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
32220 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
32222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22330 59913 916323 609000))
32227 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32228 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
32230 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32231 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32232 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32233 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32234 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32236 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32238 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32239 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32240 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32241 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32242 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32243 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32244 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32245 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32247 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32248 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32250 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32252 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32253 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32257 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32258 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32259 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32260 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32261 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32262 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32263 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32264 `woman' command for further details.
32266 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32268 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32269 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32271 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (22330 59913 916323 609000))
32276 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32278 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32279 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32280 Return the top node with all its children.
32281 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32283 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32284 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32285 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32287 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32289 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32290 namespace to URIs instead.
32292 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32293 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32295 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32297 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32299 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32301 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32302 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32303 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32304 not contain well-formed XML.
32306 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32307 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32308 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32309 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32310 element of the list.
32311 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32312 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32313 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32315 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32317 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32318 namespace to URIs instead.
32320 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32321 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32323 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32325 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32327 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (22331 17372 67369
32333 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32335 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32336 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32337 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32338 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32339 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32340 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32341 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32342 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32343 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32344 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32346 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (22330 59913 977323
32352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32354 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
32359 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32360 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32364 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32365 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32369 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32370 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32371 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32374 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
32375 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
32376 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
32377 buffer where the user can select from the list.
32379 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32381 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32382 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32384 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32386 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32387 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32389 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32391 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32392 Find references to the identifier at point.
32393 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32395 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32397 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32398 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32399 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32401 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32402 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32403 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32404 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32405 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32406 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32407 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32409 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
32410 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
32411 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
32412 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
32414 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
32418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (22330 59913 743324
32420 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32422 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32423 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32424 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
32425 for a description of this minor mode.
32426 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32427 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32428 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32430 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32432 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32433 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32434 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32435 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32436 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32438 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32439 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32440 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32441 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32442 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32443 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (22331 17377 954348
32451 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
32453 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
32454 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
32455 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
32456 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
32458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
32462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (22331 17372 37369 462000))
32463 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32465 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32466 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32468 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32470 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32471 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (22330 59913 970323 443000))
32478 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32480 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32481 Zone out, completely.
32487 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32488 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/generator.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charprop.el" "international/charscript.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32642 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32643 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/nsm.el"
32644 ;;;;;; "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32645 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32646 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32647 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32648 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32649 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32650 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32651 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32652 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32653 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32654 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32655 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obarray.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el"
32656 ;;;;;; "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el"
32657 ;;;;;; "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32658 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32659 ;;;;;; "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
32660 ;;;;;; "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
32661 ;;;;;; "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32662 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32663 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32664 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32665 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32666 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32667 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32668 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32669 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32670 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32671 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32672 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32673 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32687 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32688 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32689 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32690 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32691 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32692 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32693 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32694 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32695 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32696 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32697 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32698 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32699 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32700 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32701 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32702 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32703 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32704 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32705 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22331 19288 214877 938000))
32709 (provide 'loaddefs)
32710 ;; Local Variables:
32711 ;; version-control: never
32712 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32713 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32716 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here